# HG changeset patch
# User Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
# Date 1511970937 -3600
# Node ID edf6e8fcf323433f2eb78c2f4e2ca5e150306667
# Parent  69b5769db3f96eb0db5707c796601da77298099d
Removing DESpecs directory which deserted to git

diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/DESpecs-XML.tex
--- a/DESpecs/DESpecs-XML.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-twoside, % openright, cleardoubleplain, 
-DIV15,
-headings=normal,
-parskip=half-, 
-numbers=noenddot]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{./bilder/western/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%\usepackage{amsmath}
-
-\usepackage{yfonts}
-
-
-%%%
-
-\input{./abbreviations}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\title{This document is work in progress!\\
-XML Data Entry Specs 1.0}
-\date{}
-\author{}
-\maketitle
-\vspace{-20mm}
-
-\begin{center}
-%{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{Data Entry Specs 1.0.1}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Klaus Thoden
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-\tableofcontents
-\newpage
-
-\input{DESpecs_text}
-\input{DESpecs_appendix}
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/DESpecs.tex
--- a/DESpecs/DESpecs.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-twoside, % openright, cleardoubleplain, 
-DIV15,
-headings=normal,
-parskip=half-, 
-numbers=noenddot]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{./bilder/western/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%\usepackage{amsmath}
-
-\usepackage{yfonts}
-
-\usepackage[hyperref,x11names,svgnames]{xcolor}
-\usepackage[colorlinks=true,urlcolor=SteelBlue4,linkcolor=DarkSlateGrey,
-]{hyperref}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{./abbreviations}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\title{Data Entry Specs 2.1.1}
-\date{}
-\author{}
-\maketitle
-\vspace{-20mm}
-
-\begin{center}
-%{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{Data Entry Specs 1.0.1}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-\tableofcontents
-\newpage
-
-\input{DESpecs_text}
-\input{DESpecs_appendix}
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/DESpecs_appendix.tex
--- a/DESpecs/DESpecs_appendix.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,312 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-%!TEX root = DESpecs.tex
- 
-
-\newpage
-\appendix
-
-
-\section{List of All Tags}
-\label{appendix list of all tags}
-
-\newcommand{\eins}{{\fontspec{DejaVu Sans}{①}}}
-\newcommand{\zwei}{{\fontspec{DejaVu Sans}{②}}}
-
-\begin{longtable}[l]{@{}llll@{}l@{}}
-%\begin{tabular}{@{}llll@{}}
-section & tag & name & tag may contain \\[1mm]
-\hline \\
-\ref{section page breaks} & §<pb>§ & page break & page number & \eins \\
-\ref{section page breaks} & §<rh> </rh>§ & running head && \eins \\
-\\
-\ref{section headings} & §<h> </h>§ & heading (or footer) && \eins \\
-\ref{section paragraphs} & §<p> </p>§ & paragraph & §#§ it & \eins \\
-\ref{section block quotations} & §<q> </q>§ & block quotation && \eins \\
-\\
-\ref{section columns} & §<col> </col>§ & column & column number & \eins \\
-\\
-\ref{section tables basic rule} & §<tb> </tb>§ & table && \eins \\
-\ref{section tables basic rule} & §#§ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{cell separator; large space} \\
-\ref{section large horizontal table elements} & §\\§ & line separator && \\
-\ref{section large vertical table elements} & §"§ & additional cells && \\
-\\
-\ref{section indexes} & §<ind> </ind>§ & index && \eins \\
-\ref{section tables of contents} & §<toc> </toc>§ & table of contents && \eins \\
-\\
-\ref{section marginal notes} & §<mgl> </mgl>§ & marginal note (left) & anchor symbol & \eins \\
-\ref{section marginal notes} & §<mgr> </mgr>§ & marginal note (right) & anchor symbol & \eins \\
-\ref{section footnotes} & §<n>§ & footnote (main text) & footnote symbol \\
-\ref{section footnotes} & §<fn> </fn>§ & footnote & footnote symbol & \eins \\
-\ref{section anchored comments} & §<ac> </ac>§ & anchored comment & anchor symbol & \eins \\
-\\
-\ref{section figures} & §<fig/>§ & simple figure & \\
-\ref{section figures} & §<fig> </fig>§ & complex figure & \\
-\ref{section figures} & §<cap> </cap>§ & figure caption && \eins \\ 
-\ref{section figures} & §<desc> </desc>§ & figure description && \eins \\ 
-\ref{section figures} & §<var> </var>§ & figure variables && \eins \\ 
-\\
-\ref{section handwritten notes} & §<hd>§ & handwritten note & \\
-\\
-\ref{section characters you are unsure about} & §@§, §<gap>§ & unreadable text & \\
-\ref{section characters you are unsure about} & §<?>§ & uncertain text & \\
-\ref{section unknown characters} & §<001>§, etc. & unknown character & \\ 
-\ref{section obvious mistakes} & §<!>§ & obvious mistake & \\
-\\
-\hline \\
-\ref{section other diacritics} & §\'q§, etc. & character+diacritic & §' ` ^ " ~ , . = § & §-§ \\
-\\
-\ref{section italics} & §_ _§ & italics & \\
-\ref{section bold face} & §<bf> </bf>§ & bold face & \\
-\ref{section small caps} & §<sc> </sc>§ & small caps & \\
-\ref{section subscript and superscript} & §<_> </_>§ & subscript & \\
-\ref{section subscript and superscript} & §<^> </^>§ & superscript & \\
-\ref{section underlines and overlines} & §<ul> </ul>§ & underline & \\
-\ref{section underlines and overlines} & §<ol> </ol>§ & overline & \\
-
-\ref{section text in red} & §<red> </red>§ & text in red & \\
-\\
-\ref{section latin ligatures} & §{quo}d§, etc. & resolved ligature & \\
-%\ref{section greek ligatures} & §{μεν}§ etc. & Greek ligature & \\
-\\
-\hline \\
-\ref{section fraktur alphabet} & §<fr>§ & \multicolumn{2}{l}{whole book in Fraktur} & \\
-\ref{section fraktur alphabet} & §<fr> </fr>§ & words in Fraktur & \\
-\ref{section sperrung} & §<sp> </sp>§ & Sperrung & \\
-\ref{section words in roman characters} & §<rom> </rom>§ & words in roman chars & \\
-\\
-\hline \\
-\ref{section fractions} & §{  /  }§ & fraction & \\
-\ref{section roots} & §√[]{}§ & root && \zwei \\
-\\
-\hline \\
-%\end{tabular}
-\end{longtable}
-
-\eins \quad This tag may also contain §it§ (italics; see \sect{section italics}) or §fr§ (Fraktur; see \sect{section fraktur}).
-
-\zwei \quad §[]§ and §{}§ are optional
-
-\newpage
-
-\section{List of All Symbols}
-\label{appendix list of all symbols}
-
-% also: table of characters to be typed directly? MH: no
-% if there is a “Symbols” section, will this appendix be unnecessary? MH: hier lassen!
-
-\begin{tabelle}[ 1: \, common footnote symbols (from \sect{section footnotes})]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & * & † & ‡ & \§ & ‖ & ¶ \\[2mm]
-Unicode &  \xs{U+002A} & \xs{U+2020} & \xs{U+2021} &\xs{U+00A7} & \xs{U+2016} & \xs{U+00B6} \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-
-\begin{tabelle}[ 2: \, dashes (see \sect{section dashes})]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & - & – & — \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+002D} & \xs{U+2013} & \xs{U+2014} & \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-
-\begin{tabelle}[ 3: \, common mathematical symbols (from \sect{section mathematical symbols})]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & ′ & ″ & ± & \unicode{∴} & ° & ∞ & · & ÷ & √ & Ŗ \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+2032} & \xs{U+2033} & \xs{U+00B1} & \xs{U+2234} & \xs{U+00B0} & \xs{U+221E} & \xs{U+00F7} & \xs{U+00B7} & \xs{U+221A} & \xs{U+0156} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-
-\begin{tabelle}[ 4: \, planet symbols (from \sect{section astronomy})]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & \unicode{☿} & \unicode{♀} & \unicode{♁} & \unicode{♂} & \unicode{♃} & \unicode{♄} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+263F} & \xs{U+2640} & \xs{U+2641} & \xs{U+2642} & \xs{U+2643} & \xs{U+2644} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-
-\begin{tabelle}[ 5: \, zodiac symbols (from \sect{section astronomy})]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & \unicode{♈} & \unicode{♉} & \unicode{♊} & \unicode{♋} & \unicode{♌} & \unicode{♍} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+2648} & \xs{U+2649} & \xs{U+264A} & \xs{U+264B} & \xs{U+264C} & \xs{U+264D} \\[4mm]
-symbol & \unicode{♎} & \unicode{♏} & \unicode{♐} & \unicode{♑} & \unicode{♒} & \unicode{♓} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+264E} & \xs{U+264F} & \xs{U+2650} & \xs{U+2651} & \xs{U+2652} & \xs{U+2653} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-
-\begin{tabelle}[ 6: \, technical symbols (from \sect{section technical symbols})]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & \unicode{℞} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+211E} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-
-\newpage
-\section{Example Transcriptions}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Latin Example}
-\label{Structural markup general example}
-
-\includegraphics[height=22cm]{euclid_wholepage_3}
-\clearpage
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb>} \\
-\bold{<fig/>} \\
-\bold{<fig/>} \\
-\bold{<h>}EVCLIDIS MEGA \\
-RENSIS CLARISSIMI PHILOSOPHI, MATHEMA- \\
-ticorum facilè principis, primùm ex Campano, deinde ex Theone Grӕco \\
-cõmentatore, interprete Bartholomӕo Zamberto Veneto, \\
-Geometricorũ elementorum Liber primus.\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<h it>}Ex Campano, triplex principiorum genus.\textbf{</h>} \\
-\bold{<h>}Primùm, Diffinitiones.\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<p>}PVnctus e$t, cuius pars non e$t. 2 Linea, \\
-e$t lõgitudo $ine latitudine: 3 cuius quidẽ \\
-extremitates, $unt duo p\bs\tld{}ucta. 4 Linea re-\\
-cta, e$t ab uno puncto ad ali\bs\tld{}u breui$sima\\
-exten$io, in extremitates $uas eã recipiens.\\
-5 Superficies e$t, quæ longitudinem & la\\
-titudinem tantùm habet: 6 Cuius qui-\\
-dem termini, $unt line\li{ae}. 7 Superficies pla\\
-na, e$t ab una linea ad aliam breui$sima ex-\\
-ten$io, in extremitates $uas eam recipiens.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<fig>}\\
-\bold{<cap it>}\bold{_}P\bold{_}unctus, aut $ignum. \bold{_}L\bold{_}inea.\bold{</cap>}\\
-\bold{</fig>}\\
-\bold{<fig>}\\
-\bold{<cap it>}Su per fi ci es.\bold{</cap>}\\
-\bold{</fig>}\\
-\bold{<p>}8 Angulus planus, e$t duar\bs\tld{}u linear\bs\tld{}u alternus contactus, quar\bs\tld{}u ex-\\
-pã$io e$t $uper $uperficies,\bold{<?>} applicatio´\li{que} nõ directa. 9 Quãdo autem\\
-angul\bs\tld{}u continent duæ lineæ rect\li{ae}, rectilineus angulus nominatur.\\
-10 Quãdo recta linea $uper rectã $teterit, duo´\li{que} anguli utrobi\li{que} fue\\
-rint \li{ae}quales, eor\bs\tld{}u uter\li{que} rectus erit, linea´\li{que} lineæ $uper$tãs, ei cui $u-\\
-per$tat, perp\bs\tld{}edicularis uoca\li{tur}. 11 Angulus uerò qui recto maior e$t,\\
-obtu$us dicitur. 12 Angulus uerò minor recto, acutus appellatur.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<fig>}\\
-\bold{<cap it>}\bold{_}A\bold{_}ngulus planus.\bold{</cap>}\\
-\bold{</fig>}\\
-\bold{<fig>}\\
-\bold{<cap it>}\bold{_}R\bold{_}ectilineus.\bold{</cap>}\\
-\bold{</fig>}\\
-\bold{<fig>}\\
-\bold{<cap it>}\bold{_}A\bold{_}ngulus obliquus.\bold{</cap>}\\
-\bold{</fig>}\\
-\bold{<fig>}\\
-\bold{<cap it>}Linea perpend.\bold{</cap>}\\
-\bold{<desc it>}a Acutus.\bold{</desc>}\\
-\bold{<desc it>}b Obtu$us.\bold{</desc>}\\
-\bold{<desc it>}c Rectus.\bold{</desc>}\\
-\bold{<var it>}a b c\bold{</var>}\\
-\bold{</fig>}\\
-\bold{<p>}13 Terminus e$t, \li{quo}d uniu$cuiu$\li{que} finis e$t. 14 Figura e$t, quæ termi\\
-no uel terminis continetur. 15 Circulus, e$t figura plana, una quid\bs\tld{}e\\
-linea cõtenta, qu\li{ae} circ\bs\tld{}uferentia nominatur: in cuius medio punctus\\
-e$t, à quo omnes line\li{ae} rect\li{ae} & ad circ\bs\tld{}uferentiã exe\bs\tld{}utes, $ibi inuicem\\
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\begin{note}
-The typesetter used the page number of the next page as a catchword, i.e. it is not the page number of this page. The closing §</p>§ of the last paragraph is on the next page.
-\end{note}
-
-\vfill
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Greek Example}
-\label{section greek example}
-
-\includegraphics[height=23cm]{euklid_gr_lat_p25_2}
-\clearpage
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb} (1)\bold{>} \\
-\bold{<h>}ΕΥΚΛΕΙΔΟΥ \\
-ΣΤΟΙΧΕΙΩΝ \\
-ΒΙΒΛΙΟΝ ΠΡΩΤΟΝ \bold{<n} *\bold{>}.\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<h>}EUCLIDIS\\
-ELEMENTORUM\\
-LIBER PRIMUS.\bold{</h>}\\
-\bold{<col 1>}\\
-\bold{<h>}ΟΡΟΙ.\bold{</h>}\\
-\bold{<p>}α'. ΣΗΜΕΙΟΝ \li{ἐστι}ν, \li{οὗ} μέ\li{ρο}ς \li{οὐ}\li{θέ}ν.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}β'. Γ\li{ρα}μ\li{μὴ} \li{δὲ}, \li{μῆ}\li{κο}ς ἀ- \\ 
-\li{πλ}ατές.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}γ'. Γ\li{ρα}μ\li{μῆ}ς \li{δὲ} \li{πέ}\li{ρα}\li{τα}, \li{ση}μ\li{εῖ}α.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}δ'. Εὐ\li{θε}ῖα \li{γρ}αμ\li{μή} \li{ἐστι}ν, ἥ\li{τι}ς \li{ἐξ}ίσ\li{ου} \li{το}ῖς \\ 
-ἐφ' ἑ\li{αυ}τῆς \li{ση}μ\li{εί}οις \li{κε}ῖτ\li{αι}.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}ε'. Ε\li{πι}φάν\li{ει}α \li{δέ} \li{ἐστι}ν, ὃ \li{μῆ}\li{κο}ς \li{καὶ} \li{πλ}ά\li{το}ς \\ 
-\li{μό}νον ἔχ\li{ει}.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}ϛ'. Ε\li{πι}φ\li{αν}\li{εί}\li{ας} \li{δὲ} \li{πέ}\li{ρα}\li{τα}, \li{γρ}αμμ\li{αί}.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}ζ'. Ε\li{πί}\li{πε}\li{δο}ς \li{ἐπι}φάν\li{ει}ά \li{ἐστι}ν, ἥ\li{τι}ς \li{ἐξ}ίσ\li{ου} \\ 
-τ\li{αῖ}ς ἐφ' ἑ\li{αυ}\li{τῆ}ς εὐθ\li{εί}\li{αι}ς κ\li{εῖ}τ\li{αι}.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}η'. Ε\li{πί}\li{πε}\li{δο}ς \li{δὲ} \li{γω}νία \li{ἐστὶ}ν ἡ \li{ἐν} \li{ἐπι}\li{πέδ}ῳ \\ 
-\li{δύ}ο \li{γρ}αμ\li{μῶ}ν ἁ\li{πτ}ο\li{μέν}ων ἀ\li{λλ}ήλων, \li{καὶ} \li{μὴ} ἐπ' εὐ- \\ 
-\li{θε}ί\li{ας} κ\li{ει}\li{μέν}ων, \li{πρ}ὸς ἀ\li{λλ}ήλ\li{ας} \li{τῶν} \li{γρ}αμμῶν κλί\li{σι}ς.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}θ'. Ο\li{τα}ν \li{δὲ} \li{αἱ} \li{πε}\li{ρι}έχ\li{ου}\li{σαι} \li{τὴν} \li{γω}νί\li{αν} \\ 
-\li{γρ}αμ\li{μαὶ} εὐ\li{θε}ῖ\li{αι} ὦ\li{σι}ν, εὐ\li{θύ}\li{γρ}αμ\li{μο}ς \li{κα}λ\li{εῖ}τ\li{αι} ἡ \\ 
-\li{γω}νία.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}ι'. Ο\li{τα}ν \li{δὲ} εὐ\li{θε}ῖα ἐπ' εὐ\li{θε}ῖ\li{αν} \li{στα}\li{θε}ῖ\li{σα} \li{τὰ}ς \\ 
-ἐφεξῆς \li{γω}νί\li{ας} ἴ\li{σα}ς ἀ\li{λλ}ήλ\li{αι}ς \li{πο}ιῇ, ὀρ\li{θή} \li{ἐστι}ν \\ 
-ἑ\li{κα}τέ\li{ρα} \li{τῶν} ἴ\li{σω}ν \li{γω}νιῶν· \li{καὶ} ἡ ἐφε\li{στη}κ\li{υῖ}α εὐ\li{θε}ῖα \\ 
-\li{κά}\li{θε}\li{το}ς \li{κα}λ\li{εῖ}τ\li{αι} ἐφ' \li{ἣν} ἐφέ\li{στη}\li{κε}ν.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}ια'. Αμβλεῖα \li{γω}νία \li{ἐστὶ}ν, ἡ μ\li{εῖ}ζων ὀρ- \\ 
-\li{θῆ}ς.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}ιβ'. Οξεῖα \li{δὲ}, ἡ ἐλά\li{σσω}ν ὀρ\li{θῆ}ς.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}ιγ'. Ο\li{ρο}ς \li{ἐστὶ}ν, ὅ \li{τι}νός \li{ἐστι} \li{πέ}\li{ρα}ς.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{</col 1>}\\
-\bold{<col 2>}\\
-\bold{<h>}DEFINITIONES.\bold{</h>}\\
-\bold{<p>}1. PU\bold{<sc>}NCTUM\bold{</sc>} e$t, cujus pars nulla e$t.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<p>}2. Linea autem e$t longitudo\\
-non lata.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<p>}3. Lineæ vero extrema $unt puncta.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<p>}4. Recta quidem linea e$t, quæ ex\\
-æquo $ua interjacet puncta.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<p>}5. Superficies autem e$t, quod longi-\\
-tudinem & latitudinem tantum habet.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<p>}6. Superficiei vero extrema $unt lineæ.\bold{</p>}\\
-\\\untranscribedText \\ \\
-\bold{<p>}12. Acutus autem, qui e$t recto minor.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<p>}13. Terminus e$t, quod alicujus e$t ex-\\
-tremum.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\bold{<fn} *\bold{>}Quidam Codices addunt: Εκ \li{τῶν} Θέωνος σ\li{υν}\li{ου}\li{σι}ῶν.\bold{</fn>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-%\bold{<p>}7. Plana quidem $uperficies e$t, quæ\\
-%ex æquo $uas lineas rectas interjacet.\bold{</p>}\\
-%\bold{<p>}8. Planus vero angulus e$t duarum\\
-%linearum, in plano $e$e tangentium, &\\
-%non in directum jacentium, mutua incli-\\
-%natio.\bold{</p>}\\
-%\bold{<p>}9. Quando autem lineæ angulum com-\\
-%prehendentes rectæ fuerint, angulus ip$e\\
-%appellatur rectilineus.\bold{</p>}\\
-%\bold{<p>}10. Cum vero recta linea $uper rectam\\
-%lineam in$i$tens angulos deinceps inter $e\\
-%æquales fecerit, rectus e$t uterque æqua-\\
-%lium angulorum: & quæ in$i$tit recta li-\\
-%nea, perpendicularis vocatur ad eam $uper\\
-%quam in$i$tit.\bold{</p>}\\
-%\bold{<p>}11. Obtu$us angulus e$t, qui major e$t\\
-%recto.\bold{</p>}\\
-
-\begin{note}
-%The character §ϛ§, which stands for the number 6, should be typed as U+03DB (Greek small letter stigma).
-The character §ϛ§, which occurs only once on this page (in §<p>ϛ'§) and stands for the number 6, is not an end-sigma §ς§, but a stigma. It should be typed as U+03DB (Greek small letter stigma).
-%The character §ϛ§, which occurs only once on this page (in §<p>ϛ'§), stands for the number 6. It is not an end-sigma §ς§ and should be typed as U+03DB (Greek small letter stigma).
-\end{note}
-
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/DESpecs_chinese.tex
--- a/DESpecs/DESpecs_chinese.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,1193 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-headings=normal,
-parskip=half-, 
-numbers=noenddot]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{./bilder/chinese/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{./abbreviations}
-
-\newcommand{\hash}{{\char"0023}}
-\newenvironment{typeChinese}{\begin{alltt}\s\begin{tabular}{@{}l}}{\end{tabular}\end{alltt}}
-
-\newcommand{\chin}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtA}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\sunExtA}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtA}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\sunExtB}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtB}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\extB}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtB}{#1}}}
-
-\newcommand{\mincho}[1]{{\fontspec{MS Mincho}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\hira}[1]{{\fontspec{HiraMinPro-W3}{#1}}}
-
-% Verkürzung von \bold und \chin:
-% schon vorhanden: ch, c, s;  b, bf
-% noch nicht vorhanden: sun (bringt aber nicht viel)
-\newcommand{\f}[1]{\bold{#1}} % f für fett
-\newcommand{\z}[1]{\chin{#1}} % z für Zeichen
-
-%%%
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Data Entry Specs for Chinese Text }}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Martina Siebert, \\[1mm] 
-Martin Hofmann, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-Version 2.1 \\[1mm]
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-\newpage
-
-\section{File Conventions}
-\label{section file conventions}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Save the text in plain text format (§.txt§) with Unicode §utf-8§ encoding. If the text is saved in more than one file, number the parts, for example §Euclid_part_001.txt§, §Euclid_part_002.txt§, and so on. Create a §zip§ archive of all files.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Make use of the complete character repertoire found in Unicode version 5.1.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-This includes characters in the following Unicode blocks when applicable: 
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A (U+3400 -- U+4DFF)
-\item CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B (U+20000 -- U+2A6DF)
-%\item CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement (U+2F800 -- U+2FA1F)
-\end{itemize}
-At this point, do not make use of the characters in Extension C or D.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-We will also need the list of unknown characters (see \sect{section unknown characters}) and the list of character variants (see \sect{section character variants}). Please send each list in two versions, namely in the original file format (e.g. RTF, DOC, XLS) and as PDF. If the lists are handwritten, scan them and save them as PDF files. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-
-\section{General Markup}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type the entire contents of one page, then go on to the next page. Do not mix the contents of different pages.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Page Breaks, Page Numbers and Running Heads}
-
-\label{section page breaks}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Page breaks are marked by §<pb>§. If the page has a page number, type it within the §<pb>§ tag, e.g. §<pb §\z{六}§>§. Type the page number exactly as it appears in the book. If there is a running head on the page, it is marked by §<rh>§ and §</rh>§. Type the running head immediately after the §<pb>§ tag. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the §<pb>§ and §<rh>§ tags before you type any page content. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-The centre section of a traditional printing page (\emph{banxin} \z{版心}) is equivalent to a running head in a western book layout. In this case, repeat §<pb>§ and the running head for each half-page, but add §a§ and §b§ to the page number, e.g. §<pb §\z{三}§a>§ and §<pb §\z{三}§b>§, or §<pb a>§ and §<pb b>§ if there is no page number.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-If the characters of the running head are cut off on the scanned page, type them anyway. Type large spaces in the running head as a single IDEOGRAPHIC SPACE character U+3000.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{note}
-In the digitization of the book, the two half-pages may be on the same scan or on two consecutive scans.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{116mm}{
-\htsc{Examples} \\[18mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<pb} \z{三十二}\f{a><rh>}\z{泰西事物}\f{<}\z{起}\f{V>}\z{原　第十一章}\f{</rh>} \\
-\\
-\f{<pb} \z{十二}\f{a><rh>}\z{事物攷辨卷之六十三　}\f{<sm>}\z{植物}\f{</sm>}\z{　帶經堂}\f{</rh>} \\
-\\ 
-\f{<pb} \z{一}\f{a><rh>}\z{閩產}\f{<}\z{錄}\f{V>}\z{異　卷一}\f{<sm>}\z{穀屬}\f{</sm></rh>} \\
-\\ 
-\f{<pb} \z{一}\f{b><rh>}\z{閩產錄異　卷一}\f{<sm>}\z{穀屬}\f{</sm></rh>} \\[18mm]
-\end{typeChinese}} 
-&
-\includegraphics[height=8cm]{chinese_rh_1} \qquad
-\includegraphics[height=8cm]{chinese_rh_2} \qquad
-\includegraphics[height=8cm]{chinese_rh_3a} \qquad
-\includegraphics[height=8cm]{chinese_rh_3b}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{crossref}
-For §<sm>§ see \sect{section chinese small characters}. An example of two complete half-pages with their running heads can be seen in \sect{section chinese paragraphs}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{note}
-For §< V>§ (i.e. marking character variants which are not included in Unicode 5.1) see \sect{section character variants}. 
-\end{note}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Text Blocks}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type a return after each line of the printed page.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not insert a space at the end of the line. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-
-
-\subsubsection{Headings}
-\label{section chinese headings}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Headings are marked by §<h> </h>§. If you can identify a heading as the book title, use §<ti>§ for the whole line. If you can identify a heading as the name of the author, compilator, proofreader etc. (\emph{ti} \z{題}), use §<ti>§ too. If a text has different levels of headings, use §<h 1>§ for all headings on the highest level, §<h 2>§ for all headings on the second highest level, and so on.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-If a heading, book title, author, etc. is indented, do not mark this. Type large spaces in the heading as a single IDEOGRAPHIC SPACE character U+3000.
-\end{clarification}
-
-%\begin{note}
-%Typically, a book has at most three different heading levels, i.e. §<h 1>§,  §<h 2>§ and  §<h 3>§. 
-%\end{note}
-
-
-%\begin{example} % Text 17-1, p.11; Text 14, p.74
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{131mm}{
-\htsc{Example} \\[3mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<ti>}\z{閩產}\f{<}\z{錄}\f{V>}\z{異卷一}\f{</ti>} \\
-\f{<stamp>} \\
-\f{<ti>}\z{侯官郭柏}\f{<}\z{蒼}\f{R><}\z{蒹}\f{R>}\z{秋輯}\f{</ti>} \\
-\f{<h 1>}\z{穀屬}\f{</h>} \\
-\f{<h 2>}\z{早占城晚占城}\f{</h>}\z{　}\f{<p>}\z{有赤白二種宋真宗以福建田多高} \\
-\z{仰聞占城稻耐旱遣使求其種得二十石以遺閩農} \\
-\z{今延建邵福甯龍巖種者尚少餘則徧種矣各郡}\f{<}\z{縣}\f{V>} \\
-... \f{</p>} \\
-\f{<h 2>} ... \f{</h>}\z{　}\f{<p>} ... \\
-... \f{</p>} \\[20mm]
-\end{typeChinese}
-} & 
-\includegraphics[height=8cm]{text17-1p11}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\vspace{-8mm}
-\begin{crossref}
-For §<stamp>§ see \sect{section chinese stamps}. For §<p>§ see \sect{section chinese paragraphs}. 
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-\begin{note}
-In the transcription of this example, there are three headings on two different levels (§<h 1>§, §<h 2>§, §<h 2>§). In the example in \sect{section chinese paragraphs} there are two headings, both on level 2 (§<h 2>§, §<h 2>§). §<h 1>§ appears on other pages of the book.
-\end{note}
-
-%\begin{note}
-%In this example, the base line for indentation (see \sect{section chinese paragraphs}) would be one character below the printing frame.
-%\end{note}
-
-%(We do not make them mark “Sperrung” in book titles.)
-
-
-\subsubsection{Paragraphs}
-\label{section chinese paragraphs}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Paragraphs are marked by §<p>§ and §</p>§. Indented paragraphs are marked by one or more §i§, e.g. §<p iii>§ for a paragraph that is indented by three character spaces. Outdented paragraphs are marked by one or more §x§, e.g. §<p x>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Every part of the book has a base line where all unindented paragraphs start. The base lines in the preface or table of contents may be different from the base line in the main text. Mark indentations relative to the base line. The indentation symbols §i§ and §x§ always refer to the first line of the paragraph. The remaining lines of the paragraph may have the same or a different indentation, which is not marked. If a paragraph is preceded by a sub-heading in the same line, as in the example in \sect{section chinese headings}, do not mark the indentation at all. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Make sure that for each §<p>§ there is a corresponding §</p>§ somewhere. If a paragraph starts and ends on different pages, the §<p>§ and §</p>§ tags are on these different pages.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{29.5mm}{
-\htsc{Example} \\[80mm]
-} & 
-\includegraphics[height=9cm]{text14p74_neu} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=9cm]{text14p73}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<pb} \z{三十}\f{a><rh>}\z{泰西事物}\f{<}\z{起}\f{V>}\z{原　}\f{<sm>}\z{第十一章}\f{</sm></rh>} \\
-\z{之水。蒸滊機關之供於實用。以此爲嚆矢。其後十八世}\f{<}\z{紀}\f{R>}\z{之初。}\f{<dl>}\z{古剌斯哥}\f{</dl>}\z{大學教} \\ 
-\z{授}\f{<sl>}\z{鳥可曼}\f{</sl>}\z{復改良蒸汽機。然}\f{<sl>}\z{沙威利}\f{</sl>}\z{及鳥可曼之機械。乃以火氣之壓力。推水上} \\
-\z{之方法。其蒸氣只不}\f{<}\z{過}\f{RV>}\z{使交互造成眞空耳。故與其謂之蒸氣機。寧謂之空氣機} \\
-\z{也。}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{眞蒸氣機。至一千七百六十四年。英人}\f{<sl><}\z{滑}\f{V></sl>}\z{始發明之。是完全之蒸氣機也。} \\
-\f{<sl>}\z{滑}\f{</sl>}\z{之蒸氣機。乃低度機也。其後英人}\f{<sl>}\z{他撇}\f{</sl>}\z{復創作高底機。}\f{<sl>}\z{披京}\f{</sl>}\z{改良之。}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<h 2>}\z{滊船}\f{</h>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{據前頃所揭。始造滊船者。乃西班牙之海軍士官}\f{<sl>}\z{家勒}\f{</sl>}\z{也。然此事似難}\f{<}\z{置}\f{V>}\z{信。且其} \\
-\z{滊船非供實際之用者。故姑置之不論。滊船之發明者。實乃}\f{<sl>}\z{夫耳頓}\f{</sl>}\z{也。夫耳頓者。} \\
-\z{合衆國人。自一千七百九十七年時。謀策創作滊船之事。至一千八百七年八月} \\
-\z{四日。始以其製成滊船『古力亞門』號。放於}\f{<dl>}\z{哈德孫}\f{</dl>}\z{河上。往復於}\f{<dl>}\z{紐育}\f{</dl>}\z{及}\f{<dl>}\z{亞耳巴} \\
-\z{尼}\f{</dl>}\z{之間。是爲滊船航海之嚆矢。}\f{</p>} \\
-\\
-\f{<pb} \z{三十}\f{b><rh>}\z{泰西事物起原　}\f{<sm>}\z{第十一章}\f{</sm></rh>} \\
-\f{<p i>}\z{英人}\f{<sl>}\z{司民}\f{</sl>}\z{頓。曾於一千七百八十九年。創作滊船。長六十英尺。往復於}\f{<dl>}\z{科斯}\f{</dl>}\z{及} \\
-\f{<dl>}\z{古禮}\f{</dl>}\z{德運河之間。是第三回試驗也。據此觀之。則}\f{<sl>}\z{司民頓}\f{</sl>}\z{之發明本先於}\f{<sl>}\z{夫} \\
-\z{耳}\f{</sl>}\z{頓。但不幸未見十分成功。而司民頓死亡。今載澀江保所譯之『萬國發} \\
-\z{明家列傳』之一節以供參考。}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<p iii>}\z{據英國發兌之諸書。}\f{<sl>}\z{司民}\f{</sl>}\z{頓。當由}\f{<dl>}\z{科斯}\f{</dl>}\z{河試航於}\f{<sl>}\z{古蘭毋斯}\f{</sl>}\z{之際。一日有} \\
-\z{敏捷}\f{<}\z{伶}\f{V>}\z{俐之外人。來求面會}\f{<sl>}\z{司}\f{</sl>}\z{氏。}\f{<sl>}\z{司民頓}\f{</sl>}\z{爲人温厚不設城壁。應來客之} \\
-\z{扣。而說明其機關之詳細。不圖此外人卽夫}\f{<sl>}\z{耳頓}\f{</sl>}\z{也。夫耳頓得盡叩其端} \\
-\z{委。乃藉之以爲自己發明之端}\f{<}\z{緖}\f{R>}\z{云。此事未知果否。}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<h 2>}\z{船}\f{</h>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{創世紀云『諾亞當洪水時以松木爲方舟』。其方舟長三百喬別}\f{<sm>}\z{每喬別}\f{<}\z{約}\f{V>}\z{長}\f{\bs\bs}\z{十八英寸}\f{<sm>}\z{　}\f{<}\z{廣}\f{V>} \\
-\z{五十喬別。高三十喬別。中造房。以瀝靑塗其內外。及有導光牖。又方舟分爲三層。} \\
-\z{曰下牀二樓。三樓。此乃船之最古者也。但獨木船則彼石器時代之人。亦}\sunExtA{既}\z{能造} \\
-\end{typeChinese}
-
-%\vspace{-2mm}
-\begin{crossref}
-For §<sm>§ see \sect{section chinese small characters}. For §<sl>§ and §<dl>§ see \sect{section chinese underlinings}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{note}
-For the marking of character variants (§< V>§, §< R>§, §< RV>§) see \sect{section character variants}. Only the first appearance of each character variant is marked. For instance, \z{起} is marked in the first running head but not in the second one. 
-% The two half-pages are treated as if they were the beginning of the text. Consequently, \z{起} is marked even though it already appears on earlier pages.
-(In addition, every example in the Data Entry Specs is treated as if it was the beginning of a text, i.e. \z{起} is marked on the first half-page even though it already appears on earlier pages of the text.)
-\end{note}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Structured Text}
-\label{section structured text}
-
-\subsubsection{Tables}
-\label{section tables}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A table is marked by §<tb>§ and §</tb>§. Use §#§ as field separators. Type a return after each row. Do not type horizontal or vertical lines. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the §<tb>§ and §</tb>§ tags on separate lines. Do not mark indentations. The field separators may be lines or large spaces.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-If you can identify a single space within a name etc. as a decorative space to make the table layout optically more pleasing, do not type it.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{88mm}{
-\htsc{Example} \\
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<p>}\z{今日諸國所用文字之數如左}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<tb>} \\
-\z{英吉利} \f{\hash} \z{二十六} \\
-\z{法蘭西} \f{\hash} \z{二十三} \\
-\z{西班牙} \f{\hash} \z{二十七} \\
-\z{希臘} \f{\hash} \z{二十四} \\
-\z{斯格拉}\f{<}\z{窩}\f{V>}\z{尼亞} \f{\hash} \z{二十七} \\
-\z{德意志} \f{\hash} \z{二十六} \\
-\z{意大利} \f{\hash} \z{二十} \\
-\z{俄}\f{<}\z{羅}\f{V>}\z{斯} \f{\hash} \z{四十一} \\
-\z{拉丁} \f{\hash} \z{二十三} \\
-\z{希伯流} \f{\hash} \z{二十二} \\
-\z{梵字} \f{\hash} \z{五十} \\
-\f{</tb>} 
-\end{typeChinese}
-} &
-\includegraphics[height=6cm]{text14p43} 
-\end{tabular}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Lists}
-\label{section chinese lists}
-
-%\mehrzeilen[5]
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A list is marked by §<list>§ and §</list>§. Use §#§ for large spaces, if there are any.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the §<list>§ and §</list>§ tags on separate lines. If the items on consecutive text lines belong to the same list entry, use §#§ at the beginning of the next line. Do not mark indentations. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Unlike in tables, type each single space, i.e. do not omit single spaces even if they seem to be merely decorative.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{112mm}{
-\htsc{Example} \\
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<list>} \\
-\z{（第一）　意大利語} \f{\hash} \z{西班牙語} \f{\hash} \z{法蘭西語　等} \\
-\f{\hash} \z{同由拉丁語出} \\
-\z{（第二）　俄}\f{<}\z{羅}\f{V>}\z{斯語} \f{\hash} \z{波蘭語} \f{\hash} \z{波希密亞語　等} \\
-\f{\hash} \z{同由斯拉夫語出} \\
-\z{（第三）　威爾斯語} \f{\hash} \z{希臘語} \f{\hash} \z{不列顚語　等} \\
-\f{\hash} \z{同由塞爾語出} \\
-\f{</list>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{以上屬於亞利安語系}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<list>} \\
-\z{（第四）　亞刺比亞語} \f{\hash} \z{希伯流語} \f{\hash} \z{叙利亞語　等} \\
-\f{\hash} \z{同由塞美的語出} \\
-\f{</list>} \\[10mm]
-\end{typeChinese}
-} & 
-\includegraphics[height=8cm]{text14p32_2}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For an example of a list-like structure without large spaces see \sect{section chinese tocs} (second example).
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Tables of Contents}
-\label{section chinese tocs}
-
-\mehrzeilen[5]
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A table of contents is marked by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. If the table of contents has a table-like structure or a list-like structure with large spaces, use §#§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the §<toc>§ and §</toc>§ tags on separate lines. A table of contents may look like a table or like a list.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{72mm}{
-\htsc{Examples \\[2mm] \s{a table-like table of contents \\[2mm] a list-like table of contents \\ without large spaces}} \\[5mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<toc>} \\
-\f{<h>}\z{第一章　天時}\f{</h>} \\
-\z{日月} \f{\hash} \z{日月}\f{<}\z{蝕}\f{R>} \f{\hash} \z{地球} \f{\hash} \z{地球之圓體} \\
-\z{地動說} \f{\hash} \z{遊星} \f{\hash} \z{七曜日} \f{\hash} \z{晝夜} \\
-\z{時間} \f{\hash} \z{年月} \f{\hash} \z{歲首} \f{\hash} \f{<}\z{紀}\f{R>}\z{元} \\
-\z{三時代} \f{\hash} \z{天氣豫報} \\
-\f{<h>}\z{第二章　地理}\f{</h>} \\
-\z{亞美利加} \f{\hash} \z{墺斯土剌利亞} \f{\hash} \z{蘇彛士河} \f{\hash} \z{山} \\
-\z{堤埭} \f{\hash} \z{橋} \f{\hash} \z{周航地球} \f{\hash} \z{大洪水} \\
-... \\
-\f{</toc>} \\[28mm]
-\end{typeChinese}
-} & \qquad
-\parbox[b]{5cm}{
-\includegraphics[height=8.5cm]{text14p5} \\[20mm] } \qquad
-\includegraphics[height=11cm]{text17-1p7}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\vspace{-33mm}
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<toc>} \\
-... \\
-\z{安南稻　米麥　牛尾粟}\f{<sm>}\z{雀粟　鵞掌粟　狗尾}\f{\bs\bs}\z{粟　虎尾粟　}\f{<}\z{黄}\f{V>}\z{粟}\f{</sm>} \\
-\z{黄粢　釣鈎黍}\f{<sm>}\z{馬尾黍　番黍　鴨脚黍}\f{\bs\bs}\z{　黑黍　長}\f{<}\z{芒}\f{R>}\z{黍　膏黍}\f{</sm>}\z{　豆}\f{<sm>}\z{白豆}\f{\bs\bs}\z{　黄} \\
-\z{豆　黑豆　綠豆　豇豆　豌豆　赤小豆　青豆}\f{\bs\bs}\z{　褐豆　刀豆　虎爪豆　蠏眼豆　皂}\f{<}\z{莢}\f{R>}\z{豆　羊} \\
-... \f{</sm>} \\
-\f{</toc>} \\
-\end{typeChinese}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Printed Images}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Figures}
-\label{section chinese figures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Where a figure occurs in the text, type §<fig>§ on a separate line. If you can identify a caption of the figure, mark it by §<cap> </cap>§. Additional text that describes parts of the figure is marked by §<desc> </desc>§. Use a single §<var> </var>§ tag for variable names and numbers. Finally, type a closing §</fig>§ tag on a separate line.
-%Figures are marked by §<fig>§ and §</fig>§ on separate lines. If you can identify a caption of the figure, mark it by §<cap> </cap>§. Additional text that describes parts of the figure is marked by §<desc> </desc>§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type all §<cap>§, §<desc>§ and §<var>§ tags, in this order, on separate lines. A figure may have more than one description. If the same description is repeated in a figure, type it only once. Separate the variable names and numbers in the §<var> </var>§ by spaces. Type §<fig/>§ instead of §<fig>§ and §</fig>§ to mark simple figures without §<cap>§, §<desc>§ or §<var>§ tags.
-%Type the caption on a separate line after §<fig>§. A figure may have more than one description. Type each description on a separate line after §<fig>§ and §<cap>§. If the same description is repeated in a figure, type it only once.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{8.3cm}{
-\htsc{Examples} \\
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<fig>} \\
-\f{<cap>}\z{第九鐵餅正看圖}\f{<sm>}\z{四分之一}\f{</sm>}\f{</cap>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{秋}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{收}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{</fig>} \\
-\f{<fig>} \\
-\f{<cap>}\z{鐵餅剖看圖}\f{</cap>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{秋}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{螺帽}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{收}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{螺鍵}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{</fig>} \\
-\end{typeChinese}} &
-\includegraphics[width=8.1cm]{text18-1p24}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lll}
-\parbox[b]{121mm}{
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<fig>} \\
-\f{<var>}\z{九} \z{甲} \z{六} \z{乙} \z{十二} \z{丙} \z{八} \z{丁}\f{</var>} \\
-\f{</fig>} \\
-\end{typeChinese}} & 
-\includegraphics[height=4cm]{Euklid1996_p266}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lll}
-\parbox[b]{126.5mm}{
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\\
-\f{<pb a><rh>}\z{泰西事物}\f{<}\z{起}\f{V>}\z{原　}\f{<sm>}\z{第三章}\f{</sm></rh>} \\
-... \\
-\f{<fig>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{第二大派}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{希伯流語}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{亞刺比亞語}\f{</desc>} \\ 
-\\
-\f{<pb b><rh>}\z{泰西事物起原　}\f{<sm>}\z{第三章}\f{</sm></rh>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{非尼西亞語}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{</fig>} \\
-... \\
-\end{typeChinese}} & 
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{figure_14_33teil2} &
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{figure_14_33teil1}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lll}
-\parbox[b]{8.3cm}{
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<p>}\z{西洋大彈式十種　凡彈必合銃口徑以爲圓形故不預} \\
-\z{定大小斤數}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<fig>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{圓彈}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{</fig>} \\
-\f{<fig>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{中空}\f{<}\z{迎}\f{R>}\z{風} \\
-\z{其聲如雷}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{響彈}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{</fig>} \\
-\f{<fig>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{中用百鍊鋼條兩頭銼} \\
-\z{尖鑄時先定中}\f{<}\z{線}\f{R>}\z{毋使} \\
-\z{稍偏長短致} \\
-\z{有輕重低昂} \\
-\z{不能直貫}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{遇賊攻} \\
-\z{寨勢如} \\
-\z{拉朽}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{</fig>} \\
-\f{<fig>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{彈形兩分中}\f{<}\z{綰}\f{R>}\z{百鍊} \\
-\z{鋼條不拘長短點放} \\
-\f{<}\z{迸}\f{R>}\z{發橫拉如火龍}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{鍊彈}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{</fig>} \\
-\f{<fig>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{最厚之城用十}\f{<}\z{餘}\f{R>}\z{彈先} \\
-\z{鑿破磚石}\f{<}\z{繼}\f{R>}\z{以員彈推} \\
-\z{倒}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{攻城}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{</fig>} \\
-\f{<fig>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{攻城攻墻一也特中用} \\
-\z{鋼鑿大小厚薄不同耳} \\
-\z{鑄法如前說}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{<desc>}\z{攻墻}\f{</desc>} \\
-\f{</fig>} \\
-\end{typeChinese}
-} & 
-\parbox[b]{8cm}{
-\includegraphics[height=12cm]{text16p69} 
-\vspace{14mm}
-\\
-}
-\end{tabular}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Stamps}
-\label{section chinese stamps}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Stamps are marked by §<stamp>§. Type the §<stamp>§ tag on a separate line. Do not type the text in the stamp.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For an example see \sect{section chinese headings}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Unreadable Text}
-\label{section unreadable text}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Characters You are Unsure About}
-\label{section characters you are unsure about}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If you are not sure about a character, type §<?>§ after it. If you are unsure about a whole paragraph, type §<?>§ directly after the §<p>§ tag, i.e. §<p><?>§. A completely unreadable character is typed as §@§. If many characters are unreadable, use §<gap>§ instead of §@§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Use one §@§ for each unreadable character, e.g. §unr@@dable§. If in doubt, use §<gap>§, e.g. §unr<gap>dable§. If you are unsure about a group of characters, for example a whole word, do not type §<?>§ repeatedly for every character, e.g. type §word<?>§ rather than §w<?>o<?>r<?>d<?>§.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{129.5mm}{
-\htsc{Examples} \\[8mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\z{上戊其日祀事禮成}\f{<?>@} \\
-\z{陳尚明率元儒姬紹周}\f{<?>} \\[5mm]
-\f{<dl>}\z{古禮}\f{</dl><?>}\z{德}\f{<}\z{運}\f{R>}\z{河之間。} \\[7mm]
-\end{typeChinese}
-} &
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{unreadable} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{text14p74_unclear} 
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{note}
-In the second example, the characters are readable but the double line (see \sect{section chinese underlinings}) is badly printed.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For unknown rather than unreadable characters please refer to \sect{section unknown characters}. 
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Unknown Characters}
-\label{section unknown characters}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If there is an unknown character in the text, i.e. a character variant which is readable but where you cannot identify the standard character, add it to the numbered list of unknown characters. From then on, type its number whenever it occurs in the text, e.g. §<001>§.
-\end{mainrule}
- 
-\begin{clarification}
-Before you create a number for an unknown character, first check whether it is already on the list of unknown characters. Assign the number §<001>§ to the first unknown character, §<002>§ to the second unknown character, and so on. Do not assign the same number twice. Use this number to type the unknown character. Always use the same number if the same unknown character occurs again. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{note}
-Make sure that for a given text there is a single list containing all unknown characters, and that everyone uses this list. When the text is sent back to us, we will need a copy of this list. (See also \sect{section file conventions}.)
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{145.5mm}{
-\htsc{Example \\[2mm] \s{an unknown character}} \\[15mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<}\z{得}\f{V>}\z{梁}\f{<001>}\z{玉}\f{<}\z{虎}\f{V><}\z{枕}\f{V>} \\[7mm]
-\end{typeChinese}
-} & \qquad
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{unknown_chinese_character2}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{crossref}
-For unreadable rather than unknown characters please refer to \sect{section characters you are unsure about}. For §< V>§, i.e. if a character variant is not included in Unicode but you can identify the standard character, see \sect{section character variants}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{note}
-%§<001>§ is actually an unusual version of the variant \z{兾} of the character \z{冀}. If you can identify it as a version of the character variant, mark it as §<§\z{兾}§V>§ instead of §<001>§. If you cannot identify the variant but you can identify the standard character, mark it as §<§\z{冀}§V>§.
-§<001>§ is actually an unusual version of the variant \z{兾} of the character \z{冀}. If you can identify the standard character \z{冀}, mark it as §<§\z{冀}§V>§ instead of §<001>§. 
-
-If in addition you can identify it as a version of the character variant \z{兾} (i.e. as a version of a character variant with a separate Unicode codepoint), mark it as §<§\z{兾}§V>§. (This special case is not mentioned in \sect{section character variants}.)
-\end{note}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\section{Chinese Characters}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{General}
-
-\subsubsection{Punctuation}
-\label{section chinese punctuation}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type the punctuation to the right of characters.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For an example see \sect{section chinese paragraphs}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Spaces}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type spaces in Chinese text as the IDEOGRAPHIC SPACE character U+3000.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-In running heads (§<rh>§, see \sect{section page breaks}) and headings (§<h>§ and §<ti>§, see \sect{section chinese headings}), type large spaces as a single ideographic space character.
-In tables and lists (§<tb>§, §<list>§ and §<toc>§, see \sect{section structured text}), use §#§ for large spaces.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-If you encounter a large space in a normal paragraph (§<p>§, see the example in \sect{section chinese paragraphs}, third line from the bottom), make sure that none of the cases above apply. If it is indeed a normal paragraph, type the large space as more than one ideographic space, according to its length. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For an example of large spaces that are typed as a single ideographic space character, see \sect{section page breaks}. For an example of large spaces that are typed as §#§, see \sect{section tables}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Character Variants}
-\label{section character variants}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Character Variants and Unicode}
-\label{section character variants and unicode}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If a character variant is included in Unicode 5.1, type it. Do not normalize the variant.
-%The rest of this section applies only to characters which are not included in Unicode.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-For example, if the character variant \z{歴} of the character \z{歷} occurs in the text, type \z{歴} (U+6B74).
-%\end{clarification}
-%
-%\begin{clarification}
-Rather than working with the reference glyphs of the Unicode codepoints, you may use the fonts Sun-ExtA and Sun-ExtB normatively.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-\begin{mainrule}
-If a character variant is not included in Unicode 5.1, type the standard character instead. In addition, mark it by §< R>§ or §< V>§ if the rules in \sect{section rules for marking character variants} apply.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-If you cannot identify the standard character, treat it as unknown character (see \sect{section unknown characters}).
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-If a character variant should be marked, add it to the Character Variants List, i.e. add the image and how you have marked it. In addition, mark the first occurrence of the character variant in the text. After its first occurrence, silently normalize it. Begin a new Character Variants List for each text. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{note}
-In rare cases, the same text may contain the standard character and one or more different variants of this character. Please make a note in the Character Variants List, e.g. “S + V” or “V1 + V2” or “S + V1 + V2”. Include an image of each variant. In the text, mark the first occurrence of each variant using §< V1>§, §< V2>§, etc. Do not mark the standard character.
-\end{note}
-
-%\vspace{5mm}
-\subsubsection{Rules for Marking Character Variants}
-\label{section rules for marking character variants}
-
-This sections contains \textsf{\textbf{Rule S}} for simple differences that need not be marked, \textsf{\textbf{Rule R}} for marking old radicals, and \textsf{\textbf{Rule V}} for other variations. 
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-\paragraph{Rule S (silently normalizing simple differences):} If a character variant differs from the standard character only in the following points, type it as the standard character and do not mark the difference. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-In paragraphs with individualized character style (see \sect{section individualized character style}) and in handwritten text (see \sect{section handwritten text}), silently normalize character variants if they are not in Unicode.
-\end{clarification}
-
-%\vspace{2mm}
-%\begin{liste}[ 1: \, normalizations (from ISO 10646, slightly modified)]
-%\begin{longtable}{@{}l@{ }ll} \\
-%& Description & Examples \\[2mm]
-%a) & Differences in rotated strokes/dots & \includegraphics{iso-a} \\
-%b) & \parbox[t]{8cm}{Differences in overshoot at the stroke initiation and/or termination} & \includegraphics{iso-b} \\
-%c) & \parbox[t]{8cm}{Differences in contact of strokes} & \includegraphics{iso-c} \\
-%d) & \parbox[t]{8cm}{Differences in protrusion at the folded corner of strokes} & \includegraphics{iso-d} \\
-%e) & \parbox[t]{8cm}{Differences in bent strokes} & \includegraphics{iso-e} \\
-%f) & \parbox[t]{8cm}{Differences in folding back at the stroke termination} & \includegraphics{iso-f} \\
-%g) & \parbox[t]{8cm}{Differences in accent at the stroke initiation} & \includegraphics{iso-g} \\
-%h) & \parbox[t]{8cm}{Differences in “rooftop” modification} & \includegraphics{iso-h} \\
-%i) & \parbox[t]{8cm}{Straightforward combinations of the above differences} & \includegraphics{iso-j} \\
-%\end{longtable}
-%\end{liste}
-
-% Version aus 2.0.1:
-%\vspace{3mm}
-%\begin{liste}[: \, simple differences the need NOT be marked \, (from ISO 10646, slightly modified)]
-%\begin{longtable}{@{}l@{ }ll} 
-%& Description & Examples \\[5mm]
-%a) & Differences in rotated strokes/dots & \parbox[m]{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-a} } \\[5mm]
-%b) & \parbox[m]{8cm}{Differences in overshoot at the stroke initiation and/or termination} & \parbox[m]{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-b2}  } \\[5mm]
-%c) & \parbox[t]{8cm}{Differences in contact of strokes} & \parbox[m]{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-c}  } \\[5mm]
-%d) & \parbox[m]{8cm}{Differences in protrusion at the folded corner of strokes} & \parbox[m]{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-d}  } \\[5mm]
-%e) & \parbox[t]{8cm}{Differences in bent strokes} & \parbox[m]{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-e}  } \\[5mm]
-%f) & \parbox[m]{8cm}{Differences in folding back at the stroke termination} & \parbox[m]{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-f}  } \\[5mm]
-%g) & \parbox[m]{8cm}{Differences in accent at the stroke initiation} & \parbox[m]{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-g}  } \\[5mm]
-%h) & \parbox[t]{8cm}{Differences in “rooftop” modification} & \parbox[m]{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-h}  } \\[5mm]
-%i) & \parbox[m]{8cm}{Straightforward combinations of the above differences} & \parbox[m]{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-j}  } \\[5mm]
-%\end{longtable}
-%\end{liste}
-
-
-%& \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\parbox[m]{16cm}{Do not mark \includegraphics{chin21zhi} (\z{之}) where the dot at the top touches or even overshoots the horizontal stroke. }} \\[5mm]
-%& \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\parbox[m]{16cm}{Similarly, do not mark the difference between \includegraphics{chin21zhi} CHI and \z{斥} .}} \\[10mm]
-%& \multicolumn{2}{@{}l}{\parbox[m]{16cm}{However, DO mark the difference between \z{亠} and \z{十} and between \z{卜} and \z{十}. Examples:  \includegraphics{chin21zhi} HUAI  <\z{櫰}V>,  \includegraphics{chin21zhi} FEI  <\z{肺}V>.}} \\[10mm]
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{liste}[: \, simple differences \, (with excerpts from ISO 10646)]
-
-a) Differences in rotated strokes/dots
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark \,\parbox{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-a} }
-
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark 
-\parbox{9mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21a1} } (\z{之}) 
-where the dot at the top touches or even overshoots the horizontal stroke. 
-Similarly, do not mark the difference between 
-\parbox{8mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21a2} } and \z{斥}.
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\item[+] DO mark the difference between \z{亠} and \z{十} and between \z{卜} and \z{十}. \\ Examples: \,
-\parbox{8mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21a3} } <\z{櫰}V>, 
-\parbox{10mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21a4} } <\z{肺}V>.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-b) Differences in overshoot at the stroke initiation and/or termination
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark \,\parbox{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-b2} }
-
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark 
-\parbox{9mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21b1} } (\z{瓦}), 
-\parbox{8mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21b2} } (\z{耶}), or 
-\parbox{9mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21b4} } (\z{承}). 
-Also do not mark 
-\parbox{9mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21b5} } (\z{皴}), 
-i.e. the differences in the overshot/non-overshot of the character part \z{夕}.
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\item[+] DO mark vertical (\z{竪}) and left-slanted (\z{撇}) overshoots. \\
-Examples: \,
-\parbox{9mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21b6} } <\z{割}V>, 
-\parbox{7mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21b7} } <\z{除}V>, 
-\parbox{10mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21b8} } <\z{楔}V>, 
-\parbox{10mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21b9} } <\z{鄂}V>, 
-\parbox{9mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21b10} } <\z{蛇}V>.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-c) Differences in contact of strokes
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark \,\parbox{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-c} }
-
-\item[+] DO mark connections of the vertical strokes of the component \z{日} with a horizontal stroke \z{一} below that look like a change from \z{旦} to \z{且}. \\
-Example: The component \z{昜} in 
-\parbox{9mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21c1} } <\z{盪}V>.
-%\includegraphics{chin21c1test.pdf} <\z{盪}V>.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-d) Differences in protrusion at the folded corner of strokes
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark \,\parbox{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-d} }
-
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark 
-\parbox{7mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21d1.pdf} } (\z{繩}) or
-\parbox{7mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21d2.pdf} } (\z{斲}).
-
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark the difference between the character components \z{已} (\textit{ji} “self”) and \z{己} (\textit{yi} “already”) unless you are completely sure.
-
-\item[+] DO mark the difference between \z{巳} 
-%(\textit{si}, Earthly Branch “snake”) 
-and \z{已} / \z{己}. \\
-Examples: \,
-\parbox{7.5mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21d3.pdf} } <\z{忌}V>,
-\parbox{9mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21d4.pdf} } <\z{包}V>.
-
-\item[+] DO mark the difference between \z{㔾} and \z{巳} and the difference between \z{皿} and \z{罒}. \\
-Examples: \,
-\parbox{8mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21d5.pdf} } <\z{卷}V>, 
-\parbox{7mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21d6.pdf} } <\z{服}V>, 
-\parbox{7mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21d7.pdf} } <\z{衆}V>.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-e) Differences in bent strokes
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark \,\parbox{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-e} }
-
-\item[+] DO mark the difference between \z{巜} and \z{刂} and the difference between \z{术} and \z{朮}. In general, mark differences in the shape of a stroke if they lead to a different character component. \\
-Examples: \,
-\parbox{7mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21e1.pdf} } <\z{俞}V>, 
-\parbox{8mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21e2.pdf} } <\z{述}V>.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-f) Differences in folding back at the stroke termination
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark \,\parbox{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-f} }
-\end{itemize}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-g) Differences in accent at the stroke initiation
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark \,\parbox{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-g} }
-\end{itemize}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-h) Differences in “rooftop” modification
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark \,\parbox{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-h} }
-
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark for example 
-\parbox{7mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21h1.pdf} } (\z{肉}).
-
-\item[+] DO mark the difference between \z{几} and \z{儿}. \\
-Examples: \,
-\parbox{8mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21h2.pdf} } <\z{兜}V>, 
-\parbox{7mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21h3.pdf} } <\z{虎}V>.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-i) Straightforward combinations of the above differences
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item[‒] Do NOT mark \,\parbox{8cm}{ \includegraphics{iso-j} }
-\end{itemize}
-
-\end{liste}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{note}
-The rules a) to i) leave the number of strokes unchanged. Consequently, changes in the number of strokes cannot be silently normalized and must be marked.
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-Note, however, that in some printing styles the strokes \extB{𠄌} (\textit{shuti} \z{竪提}) and \extB{𠃊} (\textit{shuzhe} \z{竪折}) appear to be a combination of two strokes, i.e. “vertical” (\z{丨}) plus “upward-slanted” (\z{㇀}). Do not mark these printing styles. \\
-Examples: \,
-\parbox{7mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21n1.pdf} } (\z{裏}),
-\parbox{9mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21n2.pdf} } (\z{震}),
-\parbox{6.5mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21n3.pdf} } (\z{改}),
-\parbox{7mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21n4.pdf} } (\z{粵}),
-\parbox{10mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21n5.pdf} } (\z{仰}).
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-\paragraph{Rule R (marking old radicals):} If a character such as \z{絨} (U+7D68) exists in Unicode 5.1 only with the new shape \z{糹} (U+7CF9) of the radical (\emph{bushou} \z{部首}) and not with the old shape \z{糸} (U+7CF8), mark the character variant with the old radical by §< R>§, for example §<§\z{絨}§R>§. Apply this rule only if the difference between the old and the new radical is not covered by rule S.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-Appendix \ref{appendix radicals} contains a list of radicals that need to be marked.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{note}
-%The most significant examples of this rule are those where a graphem originally belonging to the sound-part of a character took over a graphical position that normally belongs to a radical while the actual radical of the character is "swallowed" by the sound-part. \\
-%Rule R also applies when a character component has moved from the sound-part of the character to the radical part. \\
-Rule R also applies when a character component from the sound-part of the character has swapped places with the actual radical. \\
-Examples: \,
-\parbox{10mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21r1.pdf} } <\z{穫}R>,
-\parbox{5mm}{ \includegraphics{chin21r2.pdf} } <\z{墜}R>.
-\end{note}
-
-%\vspace{5mm}
-\begin{mainrule}
-\paragraph{Rule V (marking other variations):} If the non-radical part of the character variant differs from that of the standard character, mark the character variant with §< V>§. Apply this rule only if the difference is not covered by rule S.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-%\vspace{5mm}
-%\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-%\parbox[b]{134mm}{
-%\htsc{Example \\[2mm] \s{a character variant with an additional stroke}}  \\[-2mm]
-%\begin{typeChinese}
-%\f{<}\z{彈}\f{V>} \\
-%\end{typeChinese}
-%} & \qquad
-% \includegraphics[height=2cm]{variante} 
-%\end{tabular}
-
-%\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-%\parbox[b]{139.5mm}{
-%\htsc{Example \\[2mm] \s{a character variant not included in Unicode 5.1.0}} \\[15mm]
-%\begin{typeChinese}
-%\z{郡兩}\f{<}\z{穫}\f{V>}\z{者} \\[7mm]
-%\end{typeChinese}
-%} & \qquad
-%\includegraphics[height=5cm]{text17-1p15_klein}
-%\end{tabular}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{122.5mm}{
-\htsc{Examples} \\[15mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<}\z{彈}\f{V>} \\[5mm]
-\z{郡兩}\f{<}\z{穫}\f{R>}\z{者} \\[5mm]
-\end{typeChinese}
-} &
-\includegraphics[height=1.5cm]{variante}  \qquad
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{text17-1p15_klein}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{clarification}
-If both rule R and rule V apply, mark the character variant by §< RV>§; see the example §<§\z{過}§RV>§ in \sect{section chinese paragraphs}.
-\end{clarification}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Type Styles}
-
-\subsubsection{Small Characters}
-\label{section chinese small characters}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Strings of small characters are marked by §<sm> </sm>§. Indicate half-column breaks by §\\§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For an example see \sect{section chinese tocs} (second example). This examples includes strings of small characters over more than one line of text.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-%\mehrzeilen[3]
-
-\subsubsection{Underlinings}
-\label{section chinese underlinings}
-  
-\begin{mainrule}
-A single line next to characters is marked by §<sl> </sl>§. 
-A double line next to characters is marked by §<dl> </dl>§. 
-A circled line next to characters is marked by §<cl> </cl>§.
-A wavy line next to characters is marked by §<wl> </wl>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{note}
-In old texts, the lines are to the right of characters. In modern texts, the lines may also be to the left of characters. The position to the left or right is not encoded.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{139mm}{
-\htsc{Example \\[2mm] \s{underlinings to the left and right}} \\[15mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<sl>}\z{康熙}\f{</sl><wl>}\z{寶應縣志}\f{</wl>}\z{人物志：　柏叢桂} \\
-\z{有司寢不行。}\f{<cl><sl>}\z{叢桂}\f{</sl>}\z{更相度地形畫圖}\f{</cl>}\z{。} \\[12mm]
-\end{typeChinese}
-} & \qquad
-\includegraphics[height=6cm]{Specs-Bild1_2}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For an example with underlinings to the right of characters see \sect{section chinese paragraphs}. This example includes §<dl>§ for double lines.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\newpage
-\subsubsection{Individualized Character Style}
-\label{section individualized character style}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A paragraph in an individualized character style is marked by §ics§ in the §<p>§ tag, i.e. §<p ics>§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-If a character variant in a §<p ics>§ paragraph is not in Unicode, resolve it silently, i.e. do not use §< V>§ or §< R>§. However, use §<001>§ if a character is unknown.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{138.5mm}{
-\htsc{Example} \\[5mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<p ics>}\z{光緒十六年} \\
-\z{冬印扵天津} \\
-\z{李鴻章署检}\f{</p>} \\[5mm]
-\end{typeChinese}
-} &
-\includegraphics[height=4cm]{text18-1p2}
-\end{tabular}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Handwritten Text}
-\label{section handwritten text}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-%%If a character has been crossed out, mark it by §{ }§. 
-%%If there is a corrected character next to the crossed-out character, mark this by §{ / }§. 
-%%If there is a line between two consecutive characters indicating that the order should be reversed, mark this by §{ ~ }§, but type the characters in the order as they appear in the text.
-%If a character has been crossed out, mark it by §{ -}§. e.g.  §{§\z{四}§-}§.
-%If there is a corrected character next to the crossed-out character, mark this by §{ - }§, e.g. §{§\z{四}§-§\z{五}§}§. If one character has been written on top of another character and the original character is no longer readable, mark it by §{- }§, e.g. §{@-§\z{五}§}§.
-%If there is a line between two consecutive characters indicating that the order should be reversed, mark this by §{ ~ }§, but type the characters in the order as they appear in the text.
-If a character has been crossed out, mark it by §{ /}§, e.g.  §{§\z{四}§/}§. If a character has been inserted, mark it by §{ }§, e.g. §{§\z{五}§}§. If the inserted character replaces a crossed-out character, mark this by §{§\z{四}§/§\z{五}§}§, or  §{@/§\z{五}§}§ if the crossed-out character is no longer readable.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If there is a line between two consecutive characters indicating that the order should be reversed, mark this by §{ ~ }§, but type the characters in the order as they appear in the text.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-If a character variant in handwritten text is not in Unicode, resolve it silently, i.e. do not use §< V>§ or §< R>§. However, use §<001>§ if a character is unknown.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{56mm}{
-\htsc{Examples} \\[6mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\z{均}\f{\{}\z{的加减号於次均}\f{\}}\z{旁又随錄} \\[5mm]
-\z{行內}\f{\{}\z{倒}\f{/}\z{减}\f{\}}\z{去} \\[2mm]
-\z{維}\f{\{@/}\z{揚}\f{\}}\z{人家} \\[5mm]
-\f{\{}\z{左}\f{\tld}\z{其}\f{\}} \\
-\end{typeChinese}
-} &
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{tian_p18} \qquad
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{hd_tian_p23} \,\,
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{yin1_p27} \qquad
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{xing_jing_p39}
-\end{tabular}
-
-%\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-%\parbox[b]{8cm}{
-%\htsc{Examples} \\[25mm]
-%\begin{typeChinese}
-%xx\bold{\{}x\bold{\}}xx \\ \\
-%xxxx\{x/x\}\{x/x\}xx \\ \\
-%xx\bold{\tld}xxx \\ 
-%\end{typeChinese}
-%} & \qquad
-%\includegraphics[height=6cm]{Specs-Bild2-kt}
-%\end{tabular}
-
-%%Or something like §<del>x</del>§, §<repl>xx</repl>§ and §<rev>xx</re>§?
-
-\appendix
-
-\newpage
-\section{Old Radicals That Need to be Marked}
-\label{appendix radicals}
-
-\begin{note} 
-This list is only a guideline and may not be complete.
-\end{note}
-
-An entry such as \hira{⺿} \z{⻀} §(§\z{⺾}§)§ means that if a character has \hira{⺿} or \z{⻀} as the shape of its radical, and the character with this variant radical is not included in Unicode 5.1, type the standard character and add §< R>§. 
-Example: §<§\z{蒼}§R>§.
-
-Example of a radical that does not have to be marked: Do not mark the old shape \mincho{爫} of the radical \z{爫} because of point a) in the list in \sect{section rules for marking character variants}.
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{liste}[: \, old radicals that need to be marked]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{ }lll@{ }lll@{ }lll@{ }l} \\
-\z{彑} & §(§\z{彐}§)§ &&
-\z{糸} & §(§\z{糹}§)§ &&
-\z{⻞} & §(§\z{⻟}§)§ &&
-\sunExtB{𦈢} & §(§\z{缶}§)§ \\[2mm]
-\sunExtB{𦣞} & §(§\z{臣}§)§ &&
-\z{襾} & §(§\z{西}§)§ &&
-\sunExtB{𧢲} & §(§\z{角}§)§ &&
-\sunExtB{𧰧} & §(§\z{豕}§)§ \\[2mm]
-\z{赱} & §(§\z{走}§)§ &&
-\sunExtB{𨑄𨑃} & §(§\z{辰}§)§ &&
-\mincho{辶} & §(§\z{辶}§)§ &&
-\z{采} & §(§\z{釆}§)§ \\[2mm]
-\z{镸} & §(§\z{長}§)§ &&
-\sunExtA{门}\sunExtB{𨳇} & §(§\z{門}§)§ &&
-\sunExtB{𨸏} & §(§\z{阝}§)§ &&
-\z{靑} & §(§\z{青}§)§ \\[2mm]
-\sunExtA{靣}\sunExtB{𠚑} & §(§\z{面}§)§ &&
-\z{凬} & §(§\z{風}§)§ &&
-\sunExtB{𩙱} & §(§\z{飛}§)§ &&
-\sunExtB{𩙿𩚁} & §(§\z{飠}§)§ \\[2mm]
-\sunExtB{𩠐} & §(§\z{首}§)§ &&
-\sunExtB{𩡧} & §(§\z{馬}§)§ &&
-\z{髙} & §(§\z{高}§)§ &&
-\sunExtB{𩵋} & §(§\z{魚}§)§ \\[2mm]
-\sunExtB{𠧸} & §(§\z{鹵}§)§ &&
-\sunExtB{𢉖} & §(§\z{鹿}§)§ &&
-\z{黃} & §(§\z{黄}§)§ &&
-\z{黒} & §(§\z{黑}§)§ \\[2mm]
-\sunExtB{𪗄} & §(§\z{⿑}§)§ &&
-\z{歯} & §(§\z{齒}§)§ &&
-\sunExtB{𪛉𪚦} & §(§\z{⿔}§)§ &&
-\hira{⺿} \z{⻀} & §(§\z{⺾}§)§ \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{liste}
-
-\newpage
-\section{List of All Tags}
-\label{appendix list of all tags}
-
-\begin{longtable}[l]{@{}llll@{}l@{}}
-section & tag & name & tag may contain \\[1mm]
-\hline \\
-\ref{section page breaks} & §<pb>§ & page break & page number, a/b \\
-\ref{section page breaks} & §<rh> </rh>§ & running head &\\
-\\
-\ref{section chinese headings} & §<h> </h>§ & heading & level number \\
-\ref{section chinese headings} & §<ti> </ti>§ & \emph{ti} \z{題} &\\
-\ref{section chinese paragraphs} & §<p> </p>§ & paragraph & §i§, §x§, §ics§ \\
-\\
-\ref{section tables} & §<tb> </tb>§ & table &\\
-\ref{section tables} & §#§ & field separator \\
-\ref{section chinese lists} & §<list> </list>§ & list &\\
-\ref{section chinese tocs} & §<toc> </toc>§ & table of contents &\\
-\\
-\ref{section chinese figures} & §<fig> </fig>§ & figure & \\
-\ref{section chinese figures} & §<cap> </cap>§ & figure caption &\\ 
-\ref{section chinese figures} & §<desc> </desc>§ & figure description &\\ 
-\ref{section chinese figures} & §<var> </var>§ & figure variables &\\ 
-\ref{section chinese stamps} & §<stamp> </stamp>§ & stamp & \\
-\\
-\ref{section characters you are unsure about} & §<?>§ & uncertain text & \\
-\ref{section characters you are unsure about} & §@§, §<gap>§ & unreadable text & \\
-\ref{section unknown characters} & §<001>§, etc. & unknown character & \\ 
-\\
-\hline \\
-\ref{section rules for marking character variants} & §< R>§ & old radical & \\
-\ref{section rules for marking character variants} & §< V>§ & character variant & \\
-\ref{section rules for marking character variants} & §< RV>§ & §< R>§ and §< V>§ & \\
-\\
-\ref{section chinese small characters} & §<sm> </sm>§ & small characters & \\
-\ref{section chinese small characters} & §\\§ & half-column breaks && \\
-\\
-\ref{section chinese underlinings} & §<sl> </sl>§ & single line & \\
-\ref{section chinese underlinings} & §<dl> </dl>§ & double line & \\
-\ref{section chinese underlinings} & §<cl> </cl>§ & circled line & \\
-\ref{section chinese underlinings} & §<wl> </wl>§ & wavy line & \\
-\\
-\ref{section handwritten text} & §{ /}§ & crossed-out character & \\
-\ref{section handwritten text} & §{ }§ & inserted character & \\
-\ref{section handwritten text} & §{ / }§ & character replacement & \\
-\ref{section handwritten text} & §{ ~ }§ & reversed characters & \\
-\\
-\hline \\
-\end{longtable}
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/DESpecs_text-XML.tex
--- a/DESpecs/DESpecs_text-XML.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,1936 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-%!TEX root = DESpecs.tex
-
-
-% {quis}  --> {quod}
-
-
-\section{File Conventions}
-\label{section file conventions}
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-Save the text in plain text format (§.txt§) with Unicode §utf-8§ encoding. If the text is saved in more than one file, number the parts, for example §Euclid_part_001.txt§, §Euclid_part_002.txt§, and so on. Create a §zip§ archive from all files.
-
-We will also need the list of unknown characters (see \sect{section unknown characters}). If the list is handwritten, scan it and save it as PDF file. 
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-
-\section{General Markup}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Pages}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type the entire contents of one page, then go on to the next page. Do not mix the contents of different pages.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\subsubsection{Page Breaks, Page Numbers and Running Heads}
-\label{section page breaks}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Page breaks are marked by §<pb>§. If the page has a page number, type it within the §<pb>§ tag, e.g. §<pb 6>§. Type the page number exactly as it appears in the book. If there is a running head on the page, it is marked by §<rh>§ and §</rh>§. Type the running head immediately after the §<pb>§ tag. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Insert a blank line before each §<pb>§ tag. 
-The position of the page number, e.g. at the top or bottom of the page, will not be encoded. Type the §<pb>§ and §<rh>§ tags before you type any content of the page. Do not type spaces within words. If there is a horizontal line below the running head, do not type it.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, arabic page number]{montag_mark_pagenumber_runninghead.jpg}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb} 2\bold{><rh>}GEOMET. ELEMENT. EVCLIDIS\bold{</rh>} \\
-$unt ӕquales. 16 Et hic quidem punctus, centrum circuli dicitur.\bold{</p>} \\
-\untranscribedText
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For §$§ and §æ§ see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}. For ligatures, e.g. {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} ct}, see \sect{section latin ligatures}. §</p>§ marks the end of a paragraph (\sect{section paragraphs}). For spaces before and after punctuation marks see \sect{section latin punctuation}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{note}
-The §<p>§ for the beginning of the paragraph is on the previous page. 
-\end{note}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, roman page number]{montag_roemische_seitenzahl} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb} vij\bold{><rh>_}PREFACE\bold{_}.\bold{</rh>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For §_ _§ see \sect{section italics}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Catchwords and Signatures}
-\label{section catchwords and signatures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Do not type catchwords or signatures.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-In most cases, catchwords and signatures are at the bottom of the page.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{catchword_signature_neu}
-
-\notTranscribed
-
-The left rectangle contains the signature (§Ec 2§) and the right rectangle the catchword (§Volo§).
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Text Blocks}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type a return after each line of the printed page.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not insert a space at the end of the line. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\subsubsection{Headings}
-\label{section headings}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Headings are marked by §<h>§ and §</h>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-All headings are tagged in the same way, regardless of the font size. Do not type spaces within words. If the text is centered, this will not be encoded.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=.7\linewidth}{montag_headings_euclid_233}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<h>}EUCLIDIS \\
-ELEMENTORUM \\
-LIBER DECIMUS.\bold{</h>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-or alternatively, if you are unsure whether each line is a separate heading:
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<h>}EUCLIDIS\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<h>}ELEMENTORUM\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<h>}LIBER DECIMUS.\bold{</h>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Paragraphs} 
-\label{section paragraphs}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Paragraphs are marked by §<p>§ and §</p>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Make sure that for each §<p>§ there is a corresponding §</p>§ somewhere. If a paragraph starts and ends on different pages, the §<p>§ and §</p>§ tags are on these different pages.
-If the first line of the paragraph is indented, this will not be encoded. If the text is centered, this will not be encoded either.
-%A change in the font style, for example a line in italics, may indicate a new paragraph. TODO: Probably this rule will not apply very often. Leave it out? Put it somewhere else? (it occurs in the example in \sect{Structural markup general example})
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{paragraph_benedetti_299}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\untranscribedText \bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Secunda cau$a e$t, quia quoduis graue corpus, aut per naturam, aut per vim mo- \\
-tum, rectitudinem itineris naturaliter appetat, quod clarè cogno$cere po$$umus, \\
-proijciendo lapides funda, & circunducentes brachium, nam funes tanto maius \\
-pondus acquirunt, & manum tanto magis onerant, quanto velocius voluitur funda, \\
-& incitatur motus, quod ab appetitu naturali in$ito ei corpori per lineã rectam pro- \\
-grediendi procedit. Vnde fit, vt pondus circunferentiæ ip$ius rotæ, tanto facilius cir- \\
-cunuoluatur, & ex $eip$o tanto longiori tempore moueatur, quanto longius di$tat à \\
-centro, cum eius iter tanto minus $it curuum. Hanc igitur ob cau$am, rota, quanto \\
-maior erit, eiu$\bs´q; pondus tanto magis vicinum circunferentiæ, tanto magis durabit \\
-impetus motus a$$umptus.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>} \untranscribedText
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For  §à§ and §ã§ see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}. For  §\´q§ see \sect{section other diacritics}. See also the example in \sect{Structural markup general example}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{note}
-Headings (\sect{section headings}) are marked by §<h>§~§</h>§ instead of §<p>§~§</p>§. Block quotations  (\sect{section block quotations}) are marked by §<q>§~§</q>§ instead of §<p>§~§</p>§. The §<p>§ and §</p>§ tags should not be used in marginal notes (\sect{section marginal notes}) or footnotes (\sect{section footnotes}). 
-\end{note}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Block Quotations}
-\label{section block quotations}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A block quotation is marked by §<q>§ and §</q>§. Do not type repeating quotation symbols.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The §<q>§ and §</q>§ replace the §<p>§ and §</p>§ tags.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{quotation_2.jpg} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}Nec non vbi ita inquit.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<q>}Et $i (modo credimus) vnum\\
-I$$e diem $ine Sole ferunt, incendia lumen\\
-Præbebant.\bold{</q>}\\
-\bold{<p>}Quod autem à Patre in$truatur etiam de cur$u annuali,\\
-videbitur vbi ita dicit.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<q>}Nitor in aduer$um, nec me, qui cætera vincit.\\
-Impetus, & rapido contrarius euehor orbi.\bold{</q>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Et vbi ita loquitur.\bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{note}
-For inline quotations within a paragraph, type the quotation marks exactly as they appear in the text.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Footers}
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-If you can identify a paragraph as a footer, use §<h>§ and §</h>§ instead of §<p>§ and §</p>§.
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-§<h>§ and §</h>§ is the tag for headings (\sect{section headings}).
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{mkbsp_footer_benedetti.jpg}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText \\
-quem quidem tractatum cum quibu$dam alijs meis $peculationibus in lucem prode\\
-re cupio, $i fieri poterit, antequam ad directionem mei Horo$copi cum corpore\\
-Martis An\li{ae}ret\li{ae} perueniam, qu\li{ae} quidem directio circa annum mille$imum quin-\\
-gente$imum nonage$imum $ecundum eueniet.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<h>}FINIS.\bold{</h>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For §{ae}§ see \sect{section latin ligatures}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Columns}
-\label{section columns}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Columns are marked by §<col>§ and §</col>§. Assign a number to each column and type it in the §<col>§ tag.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the §<col>§ and §</col>§ tags on separate lines.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\mehrzeilen
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}llll}
-\htsc{Example 1: \, a real page} &&& \htsc{Example 2: \, how to type columns} \\
-\includegraphics[scale=0.6]{wholepagecolumns2}  &&
-\multicolumn{2}{l}{\includegraphics[scale=0.63]{three_columns}} \\
-\parbox[t]{4.5cm}{\small \vspace{1mm}
-\notTranscribed \\[2mm]
-Note that the page number and the running head are not part of a column.}
-&&&
-\parbox[t]{4cm}{ \vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<col 1>} \\
-\bold{<p>}This is one \\ column ...\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-\bold{<col 2>} \\
-\bold{<p>}This is \\ another \\ column.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-\bold{<col 3>} \\
-\bold{<p>}And there \\ might be \\ yet another \\ column.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{note}
-If there is no running text in the columns, they may be not be separate columns, but a table (\sect{section tables}). If in doubt, check the example there.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Tables}
-\label{section tables}
-
-\subsubsection{Nomenclature}
-\label{section tables overview}
-
-%\includegraphics[width=14cm]{bettertable9}
-\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{bettertable9}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-A transcription of this table can be found in \sect{section large vertical table elements}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{note}
-In the context of tables, the term “column” refers to a vertical division in the table. The usage is different from the usage in \sect{section columns}. To avoid confusion, we will use the terms “table column” and “text column” in this section.
-\end{note}
-
-\subsubsection{Basic Rule}
-\label{section tables basic rule}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A table is marked by §<tb>§ and §</tb>§. Use §#§ as cell separators. Type a return after each row. Do not type horizontal or vertical lines or large horizontal or vertical braces.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the §<tb>§ and §</tb>§ tags on separate lines. Do not treat the table columns as text columns (\sect{section columns}), i.e. do not type a whole column before you go on to the next column. If the whole table is in italics (\sect{section italics}), indicate this in the §<tb>§ tag, i.e. §<tb it>§.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{table_benedetti_439_2}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tb it>} \\
-\bold{<col 1>} \\
-Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\
-3 \bold{#} 29 \bold{#} æqualis \bold{#} æquali \\
-8 \bold{#} 35 \bold{#} maius \bold{#} maior \\
-9 \bold{#} 15 \bold{#} in vnitate $uperficialis, erit ac \bold{#} in vnitate $upreficialis erit, ac \\
-11 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} proueuiens \bold{#} prouenientem \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\bold{<col 2>} \\
-Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\
-158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} ver$a \bold{#} ver$am \\
-158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} $it \bold{#} $int \\
-162 \bold{#} 22 \bold{#} cindenda \bold{#} $cindenda \\
-163 \bold{#} 7 \bold{#} oppo$itus \bold{#} oppo$itum \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\bold{</tb>} 
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-If you are unsure whether the table in the example is divided into two text columns or not, use cell separators instead of §<col>§ tags:
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tb it>} \\
-Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \bold{#} Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\
-3 \bold{#} 29 \bold{#} æqualis \bold{#} æquali \bold{#} 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} ver$a \bold{#} ver$am \\
-8 \bold{#} 35 \bold{#} maius \bold{#} maior \bold{#} 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} $it \bold{#} $int \\
-\untranscribedText \\
-\bold{</tb>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For §it§ see \sect{section italics}. The symbol §#§ is also used to mark large spaces in table-like structures (see \sect{section table-like structures}).
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Large Horizontal Table Elements}
-\label{section large horizontal table elements}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 1: In the case of a table element that horizontally spans more than one table cell, repeat the symbol §#§ before the table element for each cell spanned by the element, e.g. §####§ for an element spanning four cells. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not type spaces between the §#§ symbols in this case. This rule applies even if the spanning element is the first element in a table row.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{note}
-In all other cases there should be a space before and after each §#§ symbol.
-\end{note}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 2: Within table cells, if text is broken into separate lines, do not type a return after the lines. Instead, type §\\§ to separate the lines.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-Rule 3: If a table element spans the whole table width, type it as header/footer with §<h> </h>§ (without §#§, and do not use §\\§, but new lines).
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{ghetaldi_p79_tabelle}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tb>} \\
-\bold{<h>}Tabula ad inueniendam qualitatem \\
-Auri, ex grauitate quam ha- \\
-bet in aere & aqua.\bold{</h>}  \\
-Qualitas \bold{\bs\bs} Auri. \bold{#} Grauitas Auri \bold{\bs\bs} in aere. \bold{####} Grauitas ... aqua. \bold{#} Mi$t\~u ... ære. \\
-Part. \bold{#} Lib. \bold{#} Vnc. \bold{#} Scrup. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num. Fract. \bold{#} Part. \\
-24 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 20. \bold{#} 372 \bold{#} 0 \\
-23 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 5. \bold{#} 765 \bold{#} 1 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</tb>} \\
-\bold{<tb>} \\
-\bold{<h>}Tabella Partis pro \\
-portionalis Deno- \\
-minatorum Auri.\bold{</h>} \\
-Pars proportio \bold{\bs\bs} nalis Auri in \bold{\bs\bs} partibus. 24. \bold{##} Differ\~etia ... aqua. \\
-Part. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num: Fract. \\
-1 \bold{#} 0. \bold{#} 1088 \\
-2 \bold{#} 1. \bold{#} 409 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</tb>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Large Vertical Table Elements}
-\label{section large vertical table elements}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 4: If a table element vertically spans more than one cell, type its content in its uppermost cell. Mark each additional cell that belongs to this table element by~§"§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=6cm}{ghetaldi_table}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tb>} \\
-Diametri \bold{\bs\bs} magnitu- \bold{\bs\bs} do. \bold{####} Aureæ $pheræ \bold{\bs\bs} grauitas. \\
-\bold{" #} Lib. \bold{#} Vn. \bold{#} Scru. \bold{#} Gra. \\
-\bold{\{} 1/4 \bold{\}}  \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 2 \bold{#} \bold{\{} 29/37 \bold{\}} \\
-\bold{\{} 1/2 \bold{\}}  \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 16 \bold{#} 6 \bold{\{} 10/37 \bold{\}} \\
-\bold{\{} 3/4 \bold{\}}  \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 2 \bold{#} 6 \bold{#} 21 \bold{\{} 6/37 \bold{\}} \\
-1 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 5 \bold{#} 10  \bold{#} 2 \bold{\{} 6/37 \bold{\}}  \\
-\bold{</tb>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\vspace{-5mm}
-\begin{crossref}
-For fractions such as §{1/4}§ see \sect{section fractions}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{note}
-If the table elements vertically span the whole table and contain running text, they may not be table elements, but text columns (\sect{section columns}). If in doubt, check the example there.
-\end{note}
-
-% Rule about large curly braces? MH: nein
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Table-Like Structures}
-\label{section table-like structures}
-
-\subsubsection{Indexes}
-\label{section indexes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-An index is marked by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ for large spaces. Type a return after each row. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-% Ob sie für jede Seite einen getrennten Index machen, sollen sie selbst entscheiden.
-
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1]{width=10cm}{bacon_253}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<ind it>} \\
-Caterpillars \bold{#} \bold{_}153\bold{_} \\
-Cements that grow hard \bold{#} \bold{_}183\bold{_} \\
-Chalk, a good compo$t, \bold{_}122, 123\bold{_}. Good for \\
-\bold{#} Pa$ture, as well as for Arable \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
-Chameleons, \bold{_}80\bold{_}. Their nouri$hment, \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
-\bold{#} A fond Tradition of them \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
-\bold{</ind>} 
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-Within a structure in italics, the §_ _§ denote single words in upright type (see also \sect{section italics}).
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2]{gallac_91}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<ind>} \\
-\bold{<col 1>} \\
-\someText \\
-Diligenza $overchia, quale. \bold{#} 49 \\
-Diminuzione di gro$$ezze, come deb- \\
-\bold{#} ba condur$i. \bold{#} 56 \\
-\bold{_}Diocleziano\bold{_}. Sue Terme. \bold{#} 51 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\bold{<col 2>} \\
-\someText \\
-Errori di que$to genere, cagione di \\
-\bold{#} tutti gli errori. \bold{#} 18. 19 \\
-\bold{#} Provvedimenti dei Romani con- \\
-\bold{#} tro a que$ti errori. \bold{#} 19 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\bold{</ind>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Tables of Contents}
-\label{section tables of contents}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A table of contents is marked by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ for large spaces. Type a return after each row. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1]{width=12cm}{zubler_43_2}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<toc it>} \\
-Cap. 1. \bold{#} De Chorographia generatim: quid $it, & que ad eam In-\\
-\bold{#} $trumenta poti{$s}imùm requi$ita, \bold{#} pag. 1. \\
-II. \bold{#} De In$trumenti fabricâ, \bold{#} 2 \\
-III. \bold{#} De Triangul{is}, omnium dimen$ionum fundamento, \bold{#} 5 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</toc>} 
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2]{belidor_683}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<toc it>} \\
-\bold{_}CH\bold{<sc>}APITRE\bold{</sc>} I.\bold{_} Où l'on en$eigne comme $e fait la pou$$ée des \\
-\bold{#} Voutes, & où l'on raporte quelques principes tirés de la méca- \\
-\bold{#} nique pour en faciliter l'intelligence \bold{#} 2 \\
-\bold{_}C\bold{<sc>}HAP\bold{</sc>}. II. \bold{_}De la maniere de calculer l'épai$$eur des Pié-droits \\
-\bold{#} des Voutes en plain ceintre pour e$tre en équilibre par leur ré- \\
-\bold{#} $i$tance avec la pou$$ée qu'ils ont à $oûtenir. \bold{#} 10 \\
-\bold{</toc>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Large Spaces}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If a normal paragraph contains at least one large space, mark the paragraph by §#§ (i.e. §<p #>§) and mark each large space in the paragraph by §#§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Before you use §<p #>§, make sure the paragraph is not part of a table, an index or a table of contents. In some texts the spaces after periods (“.”) is slightly larger than normal spaces; do not mark this.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 2]{width=12cm}{Pappus_large_spaces}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p #>} \someText \\
-extrema ad axes \bold{#} angulorum@ continent autem hunc propo$itiones \\
-ferè exi$tentes vna multa, & varia theoremata, & linearum, & $uperficie- \\
-rum, & $olidorum omnia $imul vna demon$tratione, & quæ nondum de- \\
-mon$trata $unt, & quæ \bold{#} & in duodecimo libro horum elemento- \\
-\someText \bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-%\subsubsection{Other Structures With Leading}
-%Introduce a generic tag for leading: §<lead> # </lead>§ or so.
-%Alternative: Section “Leading”, where leading is explained, with example. Then: toc's and indexes.
-%One (weird) example would be Biancani 1635, p.195.
-%Another semi-weird example: modern-style quotations. Alternatively in the block quotation section, or no rule at all.
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Notes}
-
-\begin{note}
-Handwritten notes (\sect{section handwritten notes}) are not transcribed. 
-\end{note}
-
-\subsubsection{Marginal Notes}
-\label{section marginal notes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A note in the left margin is marked by §<mgl> </mgl>§, and a note in the right margin is marked by §<mgr> </mgr>§. Type the marginal note on separate lines, starting after the line it is closest to. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not mark paragraphs within a marginal note, i.e. do not use §<p> </p>§.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For anchored marginal notes see \sect{section anchored marginal notes}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, marginal notes in the left and right margins]{montag_mark_marginalnote_coimbricenses_232}
-
-\notTranscribed
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, transcribing a marginal note]{mkbsp_marginalnote_big_benedetti.jpg}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}
-Si ad aliquã rectã lineã * compare\li{tur} parallelogrãm\bs\tld{}u, defici\bs\tld{}es forma\\
-\bold{<mgr>}παραβληθῆ, \bold{_}ap\bold{_} \\
-\bold{_}ponatur, appli-\bold{_} \\
-\bold{_}cetur\bold{_</mgr>}\\
-quadrata, ip$um cõparat\bs\tld{}u æqu\bs\tld{}u e$t ei quod (cõtine\li{tur}) $ub $egm\bs\tld{}etis\\
-rect\li{ae} line\li{ae}, qu\li{ae} ex ip$a cõparatione $unt facta.
-\bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Footnotes}
-\label{section footnotes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Footnotes are marked by §<fn>§ and §</fn>§. Type the footnote where it appears on the page. Insert the footnote symbol or number in the §<fn>§ tag. The corresponding footnote symbol in the main text is marked by §<n>§. Insert the footnote symbol or number in the §<n>§ tag.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Ignore the superscript of the footnote symbol. Use §<n>§ in the main text only if you can identify the symbol as a footnote symbol and if there is a corresponding §<fn> </fn>§ tag somewhere. Do not mark paragraphs within a footnote, i.e. do not use §<p> </p>§. Do not type horizontal lines.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, common footnote symbols]
-\begin{tabular}{llcccccc} \\
-symbol && * & † & ‡ & \§ & ‖ & ¶ \\[2mm]
-Unicode &&  \xs{U+002A} & \xs{U+2020} & \xs{U+2021} &\xs{U+00A7} & \xs{U+2016} & \xs{U+00B6} \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}{montag_footnote2_euclid_264}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<col 1>} \\
-\bold{<h><n} *\bold{>} LEMMA.\bold{</h>}\\
-\bold{<p>}Si fuerint tres rectæ lineæ in ratione aliqua,\\
-erit ut prima ad tertiam ita rectangulum conten-\bold{</col>}\\
-\bold{<col 2>} \\
-\bold{<h>}* ΛΗΜΜΑ.\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Εὰν ὦ\li{στι} τρ\li{εῖ}ς εὐθ\li{εῖ}\li{αι} \li{ἐν} λόγῳ \li{τι}νὶ, ἔ\li{σται} ὡς \\
-ἡ \li{πρ}ώ\li{τη} \li{πρ}ὸς τ\li{ὴν} τ\li{ρί}\li{την} \li{οὕ}τως \li{τὸ} \li{ὑπὸ} τῆς\bold{</col>}\\
-\bold{<fn} *\bold{>}Lemma hoc non agno$cunt \bold{_}Codd. MSS.\bold{_</fn>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For Greek ligatures see \sect{section greek ligatures}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{note}
-If the footnote continues on the next page, close the first part with §</fn>§ before you go on to the next page. Mark the second part on the next page with new §<fn> </fn>§ tags.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Anchored Marginal Notes}
-\label{section anchored marginal notes}
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-An anchored marginal note is marked by §<mgl> </mgl>§ or §<mgr> </mgr>§ according to its position and typed on separate lines starting after the line it is closest to (just like a normal marginal note). In addition, the anchor is treated like a footnote symbol, i.e. it is marked by §<n>§ in the main text and it is typed inside the §<mgl>§ or §<mgr>§ tag.
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{montag_mark_anchor_marg_} % Euclid of Clavius 1607, p.795
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p it>} \someText \\
-circumferentiam datæ rectæ A, æqualem e$$e. Cùm enim $it, vt E,\\
-ad A, ita B D, ad F G; hoc est, \bold{<n} \bold{_}a\bold{_}\bold{>} ita tota diameter circuli B C, ad\\
-\bold{<mgr} a\bold{>}15.\\
-\bold{_}quinti\bold{_}.\bold{</mgr>}\\
-totam diametrum circuli F H: Sit autem vt diameter ad diametrum,\\
-ita circumferentia B C, ad circumferentiam F H, vt Pappus demon- \\
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-
-\refstepcounter{subsubsection}
-\label{section anchored comments}
-
-
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Printed Images}
-
-\begin{note}
-Treat handwritten figures in the same way as handwritten notes (\sect{section handwritten notes}), i.e. simply mark them by §<hd>§.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Figures}
-\label{section figures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Where a figure occurs in the text, type §<fig>§ on a separate line. If you can identify a caption of the figure, mark it by §<cap> </cap>§. Additional text that describes parts of the figure is marked by §<desc> </desc>§. Use a single §<var> </var>§ tag for variable names and numbers. Type a closing §</fig>§ tag on a separate line after all §<cap>§, §<desc>§ and §<var>§ tags.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type all §<cap>§, §<desc>§ and §<var>§ tags, in this order, on separate lines. 
-%Type the caption on a separate line after <fig>. 
-A figure may have more than one description. 
-%Type each description on a separate line after <fig> and <cap>. 
-If the same description is repeated in a figure, type it only once. 
-%If the caption or a description is vertical, ignore this and type it as normal horizontal text. 
-Separate the variable names and numbers in the §<var> </var>§ by spaces.
-%If there are variable names or numbers in the figure, type them all in a single §<var> </var>§ tag.
-Type §<fig/>§ instead of §<fig>§ and §</fig>§ to mark simple figures without §<cap>§, §<desc>§ or §<var>§ tags.
-\end{clarification}
-
-%(The rule that a caption may be typed above or below the §<fig>§ tag has disappeared.)
-
-%(§</fig>§ makes sense only if there is at least one §<cap>§, §<desc>§ or §<var>§, so it would sometimes be used and sometimes not. Is this really a good idea? Check if there was any confusion with complex figures!)
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1: \, a simple figure without caption, descriptions or variables]{width=7cm}{fig_sans_3}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText \\
-montre que vous placeriéz en cette façon \\
-$ur une boule.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<fig/>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Sous cette \bold{_}cornée\bold{_}, e$t \bold{_}l'iris\bold{_}, autre membrane, \\
-\someText \bold{<p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 2: \, a figure with a caption]{width=12cm}{montag_imagewcaption}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText \\
-$e$quipedem, circumagito, ut altera pars æquè cale$cat ab igni.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<cap it>}Paruus Vncus ferreus.\bold{</cap>}\\
-\bold{</fig>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Præterea $i quando mi$tura $atis plumbi non habuerit, addito cum forci \\
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 3: \, figures with variables]{imageleftandright_4}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<h it>_}E\bold{_}uclid. ex \bold{_}Z\bold{_}amb. \bold{_}T\bold{_}heorema \bold{_}68\bold{_}. \bold{_}P\bold{_}ropo$itio \bold{_}92\bold{_}.\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Si areola comprehen$a fuerit $ub rationali & apotome $ecunda\\
-\bold{<mgr>}92\bold{</mgr>}\\
-quæ areolam pote$t, mediæ apotome e$t prima.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<var>}λ @ ο @ ν @ σ ξ χ @ τ μ\bold{</var>} \\
-\bold{</fig>} \\
-\bold{<p it>_}THEON\bold{_} ex \bold{_}Z\bold{_}ãb. \bold{_}A\bold{_}reola nãq; α β, \\
-\bold{<fig>}\\
-\bold{<var>}α @ @ ζ @ γ @ @ @ @\bold{</var>} \\
-\bold{</fig>} \\
-cõpreh\bs\tld{}edatur $ub ratiõali α γ, \& \bold{_}2\bold{_} a- \\
-potome α δ. \bold{_}D\bold{_}ico \li{quod} quæ α β, areolam\\
-pote$t, mediæ apotome e$t prima. \bold{_}E\bold{_}$to\\
-enim (\li{per} 79 decimi) ip$i α δ cõgru\bs\tld{}es δ\\
-\someText \bold{</p>}\\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 4: \, figure with descriptions and variables]{width=8cm}{voltaire_156}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Violet\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Pourpre\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Bleu\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Verd\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Jaune\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Orange\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Rouge\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<var>}A B C\bold{</var>} \\
-\bold{</fig>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Drop Caps}
-\label{section drop caps}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type a drop cap as an ordinary capital letter. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not use a §<fig>§ tag (\sect{section figures}) for ornamental drop caps.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, a simple drop cap]{montag_mark_dropcap_unorna}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}FErunt Ari$tipp\bs~u tempe$tate maris ad incognita littora delatum, cum in are-\\
-na vidi$$et qua$dã figuras geometricas delineatas exultant\bs\tld{}e l\li{ae}titia dixi$$e: Hæc\\ 
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, an ornamental drop cap]{montag_mark_dropcap_orna}
-
-\begin{typeLatin} 
-\bold{<p>}LV\bold{<sc>}MEN\bold{</sc>} Lunæ etiam $i $it lumen reflexum Solis ab ip$a Luna, ab ea tamen\\
-non ita reflectitur, vt à $uperficie polita $peculi, c\bs\tld{}u eius luminis tantã quã\\
-titatem $uper ip$um corpus lunare videamus, & eo modo terminatã quo\\
-con$picimus. per $e lumen, cau$a oculi e$t effectum, per accidens autem\\
-puta quod vis. Terra deinde nunquam lunari lumine (quãuis $olaris reflexio exi$tat)\\ 
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\vspace{-2mm}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-§<sc>§ marks small caps; see \sect{section small caps}. See also the example in \sect{Structural markup general example}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Handwritten Notes}
-\label{section handwritten notes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Handwritten notes are marked by §<hd>§. Do not type the note itself.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type §<hd>§ on a separate line, after the line of the main text the note is closest to. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, a handwritten note]{bsp_handwrittenmargin_2}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText
-h. $upponendo igitur in puncto. g. pondus, aut virtutem mouentem unius libræ, & in\\
-h. duarum librarum, ab$\li{que} dubio hæ duæ uirtutes in huiu$modi di$tantijs à centro\\
-\li{ae}quales inuic\bs\tld{}e er\bs\tld{}ut, ob rationes prioribus capitibus iam allatas, & $tatera orizontalis\\
-\bold{<hd>}\\
-manebit. Vnde clarum erit, \li{quod} quæuis etiam exigua virtus adiuncta ip$i. g. mouebit\\
-$tateram extra orizontalem $itum. Nunc $i puncto. i. ex æquo medio inter. g. et. K.
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, a handwritten note with a drawing]{mkbsp_handdrawing_euclid_515.jpg}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText \\
-ctè iuncta ad obtu$um angul\bs\tld{}u, à perp\bs\tld{}ediculari extrà depreh\bs\tld{}editur.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<hd>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-Example 2 contains a signature and a catchword (\sect{section catchwords and signatures}), which are ignored.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Unreadable Text}
-\label{section unreadable text}
-
-\subsubsection{Characters You are Unsure About}
-\label{section characters you are unsure about}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If you are not sure about a character, type §<?>§ after it. If you are unsure about a whole paragraph, type §<?>§ directly after the §<p>§ tag, i.e. §<p><?>§. A completely unreadable character is typed as §@§. If it is unclear how many characters are unreadable, use §<gap>§ instead of §@§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Use one §@§ for each unreadable character, e.g. §unr@@dable§. If in doubt, use §<gap>§, e.g. §unr<gap>dable§. If you are unsure about a group of characters, for example a whole word, do not type §<?>§ repeatedly for every character, e.g. type §word<?>§ rather than §w<?>o<?>r<?>d<?>§.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, a stain]{bsp_gaptag_circumcised} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText
-d & f ad quadratum f, ergo di$iunctim erit quadratum \bold{@} ad\\
-quadratum f, ergo b ad e $icut d ad f, item per æquam pro-\\ 
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, a paper crease]{mkbsp_helptag.jpg}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText
-fe$$ore: cui acceptum feras quicquid hîc aut ad Gr\li{ae}cum exem\bold{<?>}plar, aut alio-\\
-qui doctè re$titutum uideris. Adiecimus Phænomena, S\bold{@}ecularia, Pro-\\
-theoriam Marini, & Data, argumentorum $imilitudine ind\bold{<?>}ucti. Quum\li{\bs´que}
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For unknown rather than unreadable characters please refer to \sect{section unknown characters}. 
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Unknown Characters}
-\label{section unknown characters}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If there is an unknown character in the text, add it to the numbered list of unknown characters. From then on, type its number whenever it occurs in the text, e.g. §<001>§.
-\end{mainrule}
- 
-\begin{clarification}
-Before you create a number for an unknown character, first check whether \\
-(1)~it is a known ligature (Latin: \sect{section latin ligatures}, Greek: \sect{section greek ligatures}), \\
-(2)~it is a known symbol (appendix \ref{appendix list of all symbols}), \\
-(3)~it is in the list of characters to be typed directly (\sect{section characters to be typed directly}), \\
-(4)~there is a standard for typing it (\sect{section other diacritics}), or \\
-(5)~it is already on the list of unknown characters.
- \end{clarification}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-If the character is indeed unknown: Assign the number §<001>§ to the first unknown character, §<002>§ to the second unknown character, and so on. Do not assign the same number twice. Use this number to type the unknown character. Always use the same number if the same unknown character occurs again. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{note}
-Make sure that for a given text there is a single list containing all unknown characters, and that everyone uses this list. When the text is sent back to us, we will need a copy of this list. (See also \sect{section file conventions}.)
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For unreadable rather than unknown characters please refer to \sect{section characters you are unsure about}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\subsubsection{Obvious Mistakes in the Text}
-\label{section obvious mistakes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If you have reason to believe that there is a mistake in the text, use §<!>§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not silently correct the mistake.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{example}[: \, wrong numbering of anchored marginal notes]
-
-\vspace{-5mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<mgl} a\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
-\bold{<mgl} b\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
-\bold{<mgl} c\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
-\bold{<mgl} e\bold{><!>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-
-\section{Latin Alphabet}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{General}
-\label{section latin general}
-
-\subsubsection{Punctuation}
-\label{section latin punctuation}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type a space after the punctuation marks § . , : ; ! ?§ \quad 
-Type a space before the opening brackets § ( [ § and after the closing brackets  § ) ] §.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Ignore superfluous and missing spaces before and after punctuation marks and brackets.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, normal punctuation marks]{montag_punctuation}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}Exempli gratia, $umemus quadratum. \bold{_}3\bold{_}. $cilicet 9. quod in $ummam cum qua-\\
-drato. 4. colligemus, nempè. 1\bold{_}6\bold{_}. erit\bs'q; quadratum. 25. & ita quadratum. 6. hoc e$t.\\
-\bold{_}36\bold{_}. collectum cum quadrato. 8. nempè. \bold{_}6\bold{_}4. efficiet quadratum. 100. ita etiam qua-\\
-dratum. \bold{_}9\bold{_}. hoc e$t. 81. coniunctum quadrato. 12. nempè. 144. producet quadra- \\
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, unusual punctuation marks]{punktuation_2}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText
-$cindendus pannus uel tela: num id $ine cultro uel forfice faciet? num con-\\
-$uet ullam ue$tem $ine acu? ne populus quidem tran$marinus pennarum\\
-contextu corporis tegumentum faciet $ine \li{ij}$dem in$trumentis, nec pel-\\ 
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Hyphens}
-\label{section hyphens}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If the line ends with a hyphen, type it.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Hyphens at the end of a line can have different shapes. Always type a normal hyphen § - § regardless of its actual shape in the text. %Do not insert a space at the end of the line. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, normal hyphen]{hyphen_normal} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-Oportet autem arcum in maiore circulo datum non e$-
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, slanted hyphen]{montag_hyphen_single_slanted} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-æqualia. 4 Et $i ab inæqualibus æqualia demas, quæ relinquun-
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 3: \, slanted double hyphen]{hyphen_doppelt_schraeg} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-RENSIS CLARISSIMI PHILOSOPHI, MATHEMA-
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\subsubsection{Dashes}
-\label{section dashes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type the en dash – and the em dash — directly as Unicode characters.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The en dash – (U+2013) is longer than the normal hyphen. The em dash — (U+2014) is longer than the hyphen and the en dash.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Characters}
-
-\subsubsection{Characters to be Typed Directly}
-\label{section characters to be typed directly}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If a character with diacritics can be easily typed and encoded as a single Unicode character, type it directly.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\mehrzeilen[-2]
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{liste}[: \, characters that can be typed directly]
-
-\vspace{-4mm}
-\begin{longtable}[l]{c@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }l}
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with acute accent} \\[2mm]
-á & \xs{(U+00E1)} & é & \xs{(U+00E9)} & í & \xs{(U+00ED)} & ó & \xs{(U+00F3)} & ú & \xs{(U+00FA)} && \\
-Á & \xs{(U+00C1)} & É & \xs{(U+00C9)} & Í & \xs{(U+00CD)} & Ó & \xs{(U+00D3)} & Ú & \xs{(U+00DA)} && \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with grave accent} \\[2mm]
-à & \xs{(U+00E0)} & è & \xs{(U+00E8)} & ì & \xs{(U+00EC)} & ò & \xs{(U+00F2)} & ù & \xs{(U+00F9)} && \\
-À & \xs{(U+00C0)} & È & \xs{(U+00C8)} & Ì & \xs{(U+00CC)} & Ò & \xs{(U+00D2)} & Ù & \xs{(U+00D9)} && \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with circumflex accent} \\[2mm]
-â & \xs{(U+00E2)} & ê & \xs{(U+00EA)} & î & \xs{(U+00EE)} & ô & \xs{(U+00F4)} & û & \xs{(U+00FB)} && \\
-Â & \xs{(U+00C2)} & Ê & \xs{(U+00DA)} & Î & \xs{(U+00CE)} & Ô & \xs{(U+00D4)} & Û & \xs{(U+00DB)} && \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with umlaut/diaeresis} \\[2mm]
-ä & \xs{(U+00E4)} & ë & \xs{(U+00EB)} & ï & \xs{(U+00EF)} & ö & \xs{(U+00F6)} & ü & \xs{(U+00FC)} & ÿ & \xs{(U+00FF)} \\
-Ä & \xs{(U+00C4)} & Ë & \xs{(U+00CB)} & Ï & \xs{(U+00CF)} & Ö & \xs{(U+00D6)} & Ü & \xs{(U+00DC)} & Ÿ & \xs{(U+0178)} \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with tilde} \\[2mm]
-ã & \xs{(U+00E3)} & õ & \xs{(U+00F5)} & ñ & \xs{(U+00F1)} &&& \\
-Ã & \xs{(U+00C3)} & Õ & \xs{(U+00D5)} & Ñ & \xs{(U+00D1)} &&& \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with cedilla} \\[2mm]
-ç & \xs{(U+00C7)} &&&&& \\
-Ç & \xs{(U+00E7)} \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Common ligatures} \\[2mm]
-æ & \xs{(U+00C6)} & œ & \xs{(U+0153)} \\
-Æ & \xs{(U+00E6)} & Œ & \xs{(U+0152)} \\
-\end{longtable}
-\end{liste}
-
-\begin{note}
-Type the character ſ (i.e. long s) as §$§.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{note}
-The small letter i sometimes occurs without the dot above. Type it as a normal §i§. 
-\end{note}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[: \, long s, dotless i]{height=8mm}{dotlessi_euclidclavius_13}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-o$tendit \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{crossref}
-For the ligature §$t§ see \sect{section latin ligatures}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\subsubsection{Other Diacritics}
-\label{section other diacritics}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If a character cannot be typed directly but is a combination of a known character and a known diacritic, type \bs\,, then the diacritic, then the character.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Use this method only if the character is not in the list in \sect{section characters to be typed directly}.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, how to type diacritics]
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ccc@{ }ccc@{}ccccc@{}}
-&& circum- & umlaut/ && &&& dot\\
-acute & grave & flex & diaeresis & tilde & cedilla &&& above & macron & breve \\[1mm]
-\hline &&&& &&&& \\
-\'q & \`q &  \^q & \"q & \~q & {\fontspec{Helvetica}{\c{e}}} &&& {\fontspec{Helvetica}{\.a}} & q̄ & ĕ \\[2mm]
-§\'q§ & §\`q§ & §\^q§ & §\"q§ & §\~q§ & §\,e§ &&& §\.a§ & §\=q§ & §\-e§ \\ \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\begin{example}
-
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{aeqtildeles}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-æ\bs~qles
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{note}
-\k{e} (e with ogonek) and \r{q} (q with ring) are treated as ligatures; see \sect{section latin ligatures}.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Type Styles}
-
-\subsubsection{Italics}
-\label{section italics}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Use underscores §_ _§ to mark the beginning and end of words or whole lines in italics. Encode only up to a few lines of text this way, enclosing each line in underscores. A whole paragraph in italics is marked by §it§ in the §<p>§ tag, i.e. §<p it>§. Also, be careful not to include punctuation marks.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-This applies not only to paragraphs (\sect{section paragraphs}), but also to tables (\sect{section tables}), i.e. §<tb it>§, and pages (\sect{section page breaks}), i.e. §<pb it>§. If you use §it§, do not mark the lines with additional §_ _§ to indicate italics. However, within a §<p it>§ paragraph you can use §_ _§ to mark single words in upright type (see §_THEON_§ in example 2 in \sect{section figures}).
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1: \, a single word in italics]{scale=0.25}{montag_kursiv2}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-C\bold{<sc>}AMPANI\bold{</sc>} \bold{_}annotatio\bold{_}. Habito minimo, $i cura e$t
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, a phrase in italics, including a line break]{italics_intwolines}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText\\
-bus, figuris vtar geometricis, ita enim in .2. libr. fecit Euclides, qui mo-\\
-dus, eo magis mihi arridet, quo minus e$t ab$tractus, \bold{_}quoniam oportet in-\bold{_}\\
-\bold{_}telligentem phanta$mata $peculari\bold{_}, cum pr\li{ae}terea per$picuum $it, di$cretum\\
-omne, ex continui diui$ione aliquo modo oriri, $iue actu, $iue potentia.\\
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Bold Face}
-\label{section bold face}
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-Use §<bf> </bf>§ to mark bold face.
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{example} 
-
-\vspace{-4mm}
-This is a \textbf{bold}  statement.
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-This is a \bold{<bf>}bold\bold{</bf>} statement.
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-\subsubsection{Small Caps}
-\label{section small caps}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If you can identify capital letters as small caps, use §<sc> </sc>§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{scale=0.2}{small_caps_euclid_515}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}C\bold{<sc>}AMPANVS\bold{</sc>}. Sit datus trigonus\\
-a: cui nos uolumus æquum quadra-\\
-tum de$cribere. De$ignabo $uperfici\bs\tld{}e \\
-\someText \bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-%\mehrzeilen
-
-\subsubsection{Subscript and Superscript}
-\label{section subscript and superscript}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Use §<_>§ and §</_>§ for subscript. Use §<^>§ and §</^>§ for superscript.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{example}[ 1: \, subscript]
-
-\vspace{-4mm}
-Assume that a$_1$ is negative.
-\begin{typeLatin}
-Assume that a\bold{<_>}1\bold{</_>} is negative.
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{example}[ 2: \, superscript]
-
-\vspace{-4mm}
-The square x$^2$ is always non-negative.
-\begin{typeLatin}
-The square x\bold{<^>}2\bold{</^>} is always non-negative.
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{note}
-Please be sure to distinguish between subscript and superscript.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{note}
-Numbers or other symbols in superscript may indicate a footnote (\sect{section footnotes}). Check whether there is a corresponding footnote somewhere.
-\end{note}
-
-\subsubsection{Underlines and Overlines}
-\label{section underlines and overlines}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Underlines, i.e. lines below characters or words, are marked by §<ul> </ul>§. 
-Overlines, i.e. lines above characters or words, are marked by §<ol> </ol>§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-% Examples (from the Formax questions: Cavalieri 1653: Special instruction was to use §{ 00 / }§ (p.0157) and §{ / 1 }§ (p.0354); now we tell them to use §<ol>§ and §<ul>§. But would this really be a good idea in a situation as in Cavalieri? The idea of overlines and underlines is that the letters look normal and there is simply a line added above or below the letters. In Cavalieri, however, the lines make the characters move up or down. $\to$ still a Special Instruction, and not a good example here.)
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{example}[ 1: \, underlines]
-
-\vspace{-4mm}
-In this sentence, \underline{two words} are underlined.
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-In this sentence, \bold{<ul>}two words\bold{</ul>} are underlined. \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 2: \, overlines]{height=8mm}{overlines}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<ol>}D E\bold{</ol><^>}3\bold{</^>} ad \bold{<ol>}A C\bold{</ol><^>}3\bold{</^>}, ita Cohærentia \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-In mathematical formulas, an overline may also indicate a root (see \sect{section roots}).
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Text in Red}
-\label{section text in red}
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-Text in red is marked by §<red>§ and §</red>§. 
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=12cm}{red_euclid_5enhanced}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<h it><red>}OMNES PERSPICVIS DEMONSTRA-\bold{</red>} \\
-tionibus, accurati$que $choli\li{is} illu$trati: nunc quartò editi, \\
-ac multarum rerum acce\li{$s}ione post primam \\
-editionem locupletati.\bold{</h>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\subsubsection{Vertical Text}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type vertical text as you would type horizontal text. The vertical text is not explicitly marked as such.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For an example of vertical text see the example in \sect{section large horizontal table elements}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Latin Ligatures}
-\label{section latin ligatures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Resolve easy ligatures silently. Resolve difficult ligatures too, but type §{§ and §}§ around them.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-Do not resolve æ and œ (see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}).
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{liste}[ 1: \, easy ligatures]
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lccccccccccc}
-upright & \lig{ff} & \lig{fi} & \lig{fl} & \lig{ffi} & \lig{ffl} & \lig{ſſ} & \lig{ſi} & \lig{ſſi} & \lig{ſt} & \lig{st} & {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} \Large ct} \\[2mm] % siehe fontspec.pdf, Abschnitt "Ligatures"
-italics & \lig{\textit{ff}} & \lig{\textit{fi}} & \lig{\textit{fl}} & \lig{\textit{ffi}} & \lig{\textit{ffl}} & \lig{\textit{ſſ}} & \lig{\textit{ſi}} & \lig{\textit{ſſi}} & \lig{\textit{ſt}} & \lig{\textit{st}} & {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} \Large \textit{ct}} \\[2mm] % siehe fontspec.pdf, Abschnitt "Ligatures"
-& §ff§ & §fi§ & §fl§ & §ffi§ & §ffl§ & §$$§ & §$i§ & §$$i§ & §$t§ & §st§ & §ct§ \\ \\ 
-\end{tabular}
-\end{liste}
-
-\begin{liste}[ 2: \, difficult letter ligatures]
-\begin{tabular}{lllllllllll} 
-\\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{ij_ligatur} & §{ij}§ &&
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{is_ligature} & §{is}§ &&
-%\includegraphics[height=8mm]{ss_ligature} &
-{\Large ß} & \textit{\Large ß} & §{$s}§ 
-\\ \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{liste}
-
-%\newpage
-
-\begin{liste}[ 3: \, difficult complex ligatures]
-\begin{longtable}[l]{lllllllllll} 
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{eogonek} & §{ae}§ \\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{colnr} & §{con}§ 
-\\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{q3} & §{que}§ 
-&
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{q3tilde} & §{quam}§ 
-&&
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{qmitslash} & §{quis}§ 
-&&
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{qmitkreis} & §{quo}§ 
-\\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{p_stroke} & §{per}§ 
-\\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{p} & §{pro}§ 
-\\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{longs_p_slash} & §{secundu}§ 
-\\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{t_with_curly_bar} & §{tur}§
-\end{longtable}
-\end{liste}
-
-\begin{example}[ 1: \, words containing easy ligatures]
-
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_fi} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_st} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_ct}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-$cientificè     \bold{_}stater\bold{_}     effectibus
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{bsp_ligst_benedetti_13} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_longsi} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{bsp_ligss_benedetti_13} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_longssi}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-po$teris        occa$ione          e$$e     Sereni$$imo
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{example}[ 2: \, words containing difficult ligatures]
-
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{accessione}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{_}acce\li{$s}ione\bold{_}
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_que} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{duoque} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_quod} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{queogonek} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{continuo} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{probo} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{longsm_secundum}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-utriu$\li{que}    duo'\li{que}   \li{quo}d  qu\li{ae}    \li{con}tinuo      \li{pro}bo   \li{secundu}m
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Additional Rules for Specific Languages}
-
-\subsubsection{German}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-In German text, type the characters ä, ö, ü and ß directly as Unicode characters.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, German characters]
-
-\vspace{-1mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lccclc}
-small letters \hspace{8mm} & ä & ö & ü && ß \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+00E4} & \xs{U+00F6} & \xs{U+00FC} && \xs{U+00DF} \\[4mm]
-capital letters \hspace{8mm} & Ä & Ö & Ü \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+00C4} & \xs{U+00D6} & \xs{U+00DC} \\[3mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\begin{note}
-The umlauts ä, ö, and ü are already supposed to be typed directly; see the list in \sect{section characters to be typed directly}. Only the character ß is new here. In non-German text you can still type it as §{$s}§, see \sect{section latin ligatures}.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For German text in Fraktur see \sect{section fraktur}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\section{Greek Alphabet}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Characters}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type Greek characters directly as Unicode characters. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type characters with diacritics as precomposed characters from the Unicode Greek Extended block, i.e. §ἀ§ as the Unicode character U+1F00, etc.
-\end{clarification}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Punctuation}
-\label{section greek punctuation}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-The rules for Latin punctuation apply. In addition, type the mid-dot §·§ directly.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The mid-dot §·§ (Greek ano teleia) has the Unicode codepoint U+0387. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For the Latin punctuation see \sect{section latin punctuation}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Greek Ligatures}
-\label{section greek ligatures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Resolve letter variations silently. Resolve all ligatures and type §{§ and §}§ around them. If a ligature contains some diacritics, type them. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The acute accent above §ι§, e.g. in §{τί}§, may be vertical; in this case type it as an acute accent. In some ligatures the accent is not above the correct character; type the accent above the vowel (§α§, §ε§, §η§, §ι§, §ο§, §υ§, §ω§), e.g. §{μέν}§. In two-letter ligatures of two vowels, type the accent above the second letter, e.g. §{οὕ}§. In some ligatures the accent is not clearly visible; if the resolved version in the list contains an accent, type it. In Greek texts, the circumflex has two shapes (circumflex~§^§ and tilde~§~§); always type it as normal circumflex. Type the end-sigma §ς§ directly, i.e. do not treat it as a letter variation.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\newcommand{\phlk}[1]{\textphlk{\LARGE #1}}
-\newcommand{\phlktbl}[1]{\textphlk{\LARGE #1} & §\{#1\}§}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{liste}[ 1: \, letter variations]
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{tabular}{ccccc}
-{\Large ϐ} && {\Large ϖ} && {\fontspec{Rgreekl2} \large õ} \\[2mm] % U+03D0, U+03D6 
-§β§ && §π§ && §τ§ \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{liste}
-
-\begin{liste}[ 2: \, two-letter ligatures]
-
-\phlk{αι} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ai} §{αι}§ \quad
-\phlk{ἀν}  §{ἀν}§ \quad
-\phlk{αύ} §{αύ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{gE} §{γη}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{gr} §{γρ}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{gO} §{γω}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{di_A} §{δί}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{do} §{δο}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{dr} §{δρ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{ει} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ei} §{ει}§ \quad
-\phlk{εῖ} \, {\fontspec{Rgreekl2} \Large Ƭ} §{εῖ}§ \quad
-\phlk{εν}  §{εν}§ \quad
-\phlk{ευ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{eu} §{ευ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{ην} §{ην}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{En_G} §{ὴν}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{tha} §{θα}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{the} §{θε}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{ko} §{κο}§ \\
-
-\phlk{λλ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ll} §{λλ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{mo} §{μο}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{pa} §{πα}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{po} §{πο}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{p-} §{πτ}§ \\
-
-%\phlk{έξ} \phlk{ἒξ}  §{όξ}§ \quad
-\phlk{όξ} \phlk{ὄξ}  §{όξ}§ \quad
-\phlk{ου} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ou} §{ου}§ \\
- 
-\phlk{ρί} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ri} §{ρι}§ \\
-
-\phlk{σθ}  §{σθ}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{si} §{σι}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{sk} §{σκ}§ \quad
-\phlk{σσ}  §{σσ}§ \quad
-\phlk{στ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{st} §{στ}§ \quad
-\phlk{σχ} §{σχ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{ta} §{τα}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{te} §{τε}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{ti} §{τι}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{ti_A} §{τί}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{to} §{το}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{tr} §{τρ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{υν} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{un} §{υν}§ \\
-
-\phlk{χρ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{chr} §{χρ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{psi} §{ψι}§ \\
-
-\end{liste}
-
-
-\begin{note}
-Some two-letter ligatures have different shapes within a word and as a separate word, e.g. §{εν}§ as a two-letter ligature (table 2) and §{ἐν}§ as a word ligature (table 4).
-\end{note}
-
-
-\begin{liste}[ 3: \, ligatures of three or more letters]
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{men} §{μεν}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{men_A} §{μέν}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{pro} §{προ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{στί} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{sti} §{στι}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{sto} §{στο}§ \\
-
-\end{liste}
-
-
-\begin{liste}[ 4: \, word ligatures]
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{apo_SL_G} §{ἀπὸ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{γάρ} §{γὰρ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{δια} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{dia_G} §{διὰ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{en_SL} §{ἐν}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{epi_SL_G} §{ἐπὶ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{καὶ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{kai_G} \,
-\phlk{κι} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{and} §{καὶ}§ \quad
-\phlk{κατὰ} §{κατὰ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{μετὰ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{meta_G} §{μετὰ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{tEn_G} §{τὴν}§ \quad
-\phlk{τῶν} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{tOn_C} §{τῶν}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{upo_SA_G} §{ὑπὸ}§ \\
-
-\end{liste}
-
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{greek_text_with_ligatures} 
-\begin{typeGreek}
-\bold{<h>}Πάππ\li{ου} τ\li{οῦ} Αλεξαν\li{δρ}έως Σ\li{υν}α\li{γω}\li{γῆ}ς \\ 
-ἕβ\li{δο}\li{μο}ν.\bold{</h>} \\ 
-\bold{<p>}Πε\li{ρι}έχ\li{ει} δὲ λήμμα\li{τα} τ\li{οῦ} ἀναλυο\li{μέν}\li{ου} \li{τό}\li{πο}υ.\bold{</p>} \\ 
-\bold{<p>}Ο καλ\li{ού}\li{μεν}ος ἀναλυό\li{μεν}ος, Ερμόδωρε \li{τέ}κνον, \\ 
-κα\li{τὰ} σύ\li{λλ}η\li{ψι}ν ἰ\li{δί}α \li{τί}ς ἐ\li{στι}ν ὕλη \li{πα}ρε\li{σκ}\li{ευ}ασ\li{μέν}η, \\
-\li{μετὰ} τ\li{ὴν} \li{τῶν} \li{κο}ινῶν \li{στο}ιχ\li{εί}ων \li{πο}ίη\li{σι}ν, \li{το}ῖς β\li{ου}λομένοις \\ 
-\someText \bold{</p>} 
-\end{typeGreek}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\section{Fraktur}
-\label{section fraktur}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Alphabet}
-\label{section fraktur alphabet}
-
-%(Note: This font ist Walden's recreation of Breitkopf Fraktur. As soon as I can use it with XeTeX, I will add a second Fraktur/Schwabacher font, probably Unger Fraktur. Variations: slimmer letters, umlaut with normal dots (ö) or lines (ő), proper capital umlauts (Breitkopf uses Ae where the letters are closer than normal A and e, etc.), capital J. Letter variation z with and without closed circle. Or is a second font unnecessary? An alternative would be to include real examples in different Fraktur fonts, for instance in the “alphabet” subsection, or even Special Instructions for \emph{each} text in Fraktur, which only shows a few lines of text plus transcription.)
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Mark single words or lines in Fraktur by §<fr> </fr>§. Mark paragraphs in Fraktur by §<p fr>§. Mark whole pages in Fraktur by §<pb fr>§. If the whole book is in Fraktur or mostly in Fraktur, simply type §<fr>§ at the beginning of the text before the first §<pb>§ tag. Type letters in Fraktur as normal roman characters. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, Fraktur alphabet]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c} \\
-small letters & \fraktur{a} & \fraktur{b} & \fraktur{c} & \fraktur{d} & \fraktur{e} & \fraktur{f} & \fraktur{g} & \fraktur{h} & \fraktur{i} & \fraktur{j} & \fraktur{k} & \fraktur{l} & \fraktur{m} & \fraktur{n} & \fraktur{o} & \fraktur{p} & \fraktur{q} & \fraktur{r} & \fraktur{s <} & \fraktur{t} & \fraktur{u} & \fraktur{v} & \fraktur{w} & \fraktur{x} & \fraktur{y} & \fraktur{z} \\[2mm]
- & §a§ & §b§ & §c§ & §d§ & §e§ & §f§ & §g§ & §h§ & §i§ & §j§ & §k§ & §l§ & §m§ & §n§ & §o§ & §p§ & §q§ & §r§ & §$§ §s§ & §t§ & §u§ & §v§ & §w§ & §x§ & §y§ & §z§ \\ 
- \\ 
-capital letters & \fraktur{A} & \fraktur{B} & \fraktur{C} & \fraktur{D} & \fraktur{E} & \fraktur{F} & \fraktur{G} & \fraktur{H} & \fraktur{I} & \fraktur{J} & \fraktur{K} & \fraktur{L} & \fraktur{M} & \fraktur{N} & \fraktur{O} & \fraktur{P} & \fraktur{Q} & \fraktur{R} & \fraktur{S} & \fraktur{T} & \fraktur{U} & \fraktur{V} & \fraktur{W} & \fraktur{X} & \fraktur{Y} & \fraktur{Z} \\[2mm]
- & §A§ & §B§ & §C§ & §D§ & §E§ & §F§ & §G§ & §H§ & §I§ & §J§ & §K§ & §L§ & §M§ & §N§ & §O§ & §P§ & §Q§ & §R§ & §S§ & §T§ & §U§ & §V§ & §W§ & §X§ & §Y§ & §Z§ \\ %KT: fraktur J eingefügt
- \\ 
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lccclc}
-umlaut \hspace{8mm} & \fraktur{ä} & \fraktur{ö} & \fraktur{ü} & \hspace{30mm} sharp s  & \fraktur{ß} \\[2mm]
-& §ä§ & §ö§ & §ü§ && §ß§ \\[1mm]
-& \xs{U+00E4} & \xs{U+00F6} & \xs{U+00FC} && \xs{U+00DF} \\ \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{note}
-Umlaut may also be indicated by two dots above the letter as in normal roman font: \,\textswab{\Large  "a "o "u}.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-If a paragraph in Fraktur contains single words in roman characters, they are marked by §<rom> </rom>§ (see \sect{section words in roman characters})
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Ligatures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Resolve common Fraktur ligatures silently.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, common Fraktur ligatures]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lccccccccccc} \\
-separate & \fraktur{ff} & \fraktur{fi} & \fraktur{fl} & \fraktur{ft} & \fraktur{ss} & \fraktur{sf} & \fraktur{si} & \fraktur{st} & \fraktur{ch} & \fraktur{ck} & \fraktur{tz} \\[2mm]
-ligatures & \fraktur{\tld} & \fraktur{[} & \fraktur{\{} & \fraktur{\_} & \fraktur{\%} & \fraktur{]} & \fraktur{\}} & \fraktur{|} & \fraktur{\#} & \fraktur{\$} & \fraktur{@} \\[2mm]
- & §ff§ & §fi§ & §fl§ & §ft§ & §$$§ & §$f§ & §$i§ & §$t§ & §ch§ & §ck§ & §tz§ \\ \\ 
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-%(Lichtenberg 1803: additional ligature ll would be a Special Instruction)
-
-%(Does it make sense at all to list additional ligatures, e.g. §{der}§? In the book where it is used it is very common, although the normal §der§ is also used. But I have seen it only in this one book yet. Better as a Special Instruction?)
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Punctuation and Hyphens}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-The rules for punctuation, hyphens and dashes in \sect{section latin general} apply.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The most common hyphen symbol in Fraktur is \fraktur{=}. It is also used in composite words. Do not type a space before or after the hyphen.
-\end{clarification}
-
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{example}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\fraktur{Prie|er {\huge =} Despotie} \qquad \fraktur{.\, ,\, :\, ;\, !\, ?\, ( )}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-Prie$ter-De$potie      . , : ; ! ? ( )
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Example Transcriptions of Text in Fraktur}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1]{width=12cm}{bernstein1216_672}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p fr>}Newton hat aber noch mehr entdeckt. Er hat durch Rech- \\
-nungen nachgewie$en, daß man genau aus der Umlaufszeit \\
-eines Planeten bewei$en kann, wie $tark die Anziehungskraft \\
-der Sonne auf ihn wirkt. I$t nämlich die Anziehungskraft \\
-$tark, $o wird $ein Umlauf $chnell $ein; i$t die Anziehungs- \\
-kraft $chwach, $o wird ein Planet lang$amer um die Sonne \\
-laufen.\bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-%\mehrzeilen
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 2]{width=12cm}{adams_29}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p fr>}Der innere we$entliche Unter$chied zwi$chen elektri- \\
-$chen und nicht-elektri$chen Körpern gehört zu den noch \\
-unentdeckten Geheimni$$en der Natur. Nur $oviel i$t \\
-ausgemacht, daß das leitende Vermögen der Körper eini- \\
-germaßen von der Wärme abhängt, oder durch die$elbe \\
-verändert wird. Glas, Harz und viele andere elektrische \\
-Körper werden durch die Hitze in Leiter verwandlet; da \\
-hingegen die Kälte, wenn nur keine Feuchtigkeit dabey \\
-i$t, alle elektri$che Sub$tanzen noch $tärker elektri$ch \\
-macht.\bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 3]{cardano_226}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p fr>}Die weil aber nitt geleich volget wann $ie geberen/ daß $ie auch einerley \\
-thier $eyend/ als in den ro$$en vnd e$$len be$chicht/ wöllen wir l\li{uo}gen ob die \\
-$o gehoren $eind/ etwas verletzet werden/ wie die maul thier. dañ $ie werden \\
-auß zweyerley arten geboren. Wölche aber wider geberen/ die $eind auß ge \\
-leicher art geboren/ als auß einem hund vnd fuchs. Wir mü$$end auch die \\
-be$ondere würckungen ergründen/ als wann ein hund ein be$ondere nei- \\
-gung z\li{uo} dem menschen/ daß roß hatt $ein be$onder ge$chrey/ der pfauw ri- \\
-chtet $ein $chwantz auff in ein ring/ der men$ch i$t allein mitt vernunfft be- \\
-gabt.\bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{note}
-The last example has a few peculiarities: There is a letter variation of the letter r in “gehoren” in the third line. The text contains both \textswab{\Large  *u} and \textswab{\Large  "u}, which are both transcribed as §ü§, whereas the “u with o above” is transcribed as §{uo}§. The slash “§/§” stands for the comma, thus there is a space after §/§ but no space before §/§ in the transcription.
-\end{note}
-
-
-%\tocspace
-%\subsection{Type Styles}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Sperrung}
-\label{section sperrung}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Words or groups of words in Sperrung, i.e. words with extra space between each letter, are marked by §<sp> </sp>§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not type the spaces in the words in Sperrung.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=12cm}{sperrung}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p fr>}Das Mei$terwerk, das der Men$ch mit zur Welt bringt, \\
-i$t das \bold{<sp>}Auge\bold{</sp>}; das Kun$twerk, das er dem Auge ähnlich her- \\
-vorbringt, i$t die \bold{<sp>}Kamera-Obscura\bold{</sp>}. Wir wollen $ie nun \\
-beide näher kennen lernen, um $ie vergleichend neben einander \\
-$tellen zu können.\bold{<p fr>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Words in Roman Characters}
-\label{section words in roman characters}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Within a paragraph or whole page in Fraktur, single words in roman characters are marked by  §<rom> </rom>§. A whole paragraph in roman characters is marked by §<p rom>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Words in Greek are not explicitly marked.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=8cm}{rom_tag_3}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p fr>}Blume der Wie$en-Salbei \bold{<rom>}(Salvia \\
-pratensis)\bold{</rom>} $chwach vergrößert.\bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\section{Mathematics}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Mathematical Symbols}
-\label{section mathematical symbols}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type common mathematical symbol directly as Unicode characters.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, common mathematical symbols]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & ′ & ″ & ± & \unicode{∴} & ° & ∞ & · & ÷ & √ & Ŗ \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+2032} & \xs{U+2033} & \xs{U+00B1} & \xs{U+2234} & \xs{U+00B0} & \xs{U+221E} & \xs{U+00F7} & \xs{U+00B7} & \xs{U+221A} & \xs{U+0156} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\begin{note}
-Type the Greek punctuation mark §·§ directly as Unicode character U+0387 (see \sect{section greek punctuation}).
-\end{note}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Fractions}
-\label{section fractions}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type fractions in one line. Use § {  /  } § to mark beginning, fraction line and ending.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{height=15mm}{fraction}
-
-\begin{typeMath}
-à 3 \{1417203/9999999\}.
-\end{typeMath}
-
-If you are unsure whether this is a single fraction $\frac{1417203}{9999999}$, type it as separate fractions:
-
-\begin{typeMath}
-à 3 \{1/9\} \{4/9\} \{1/9\} \{7/9\} \{2/9\} \{0/9\} \{3/9\}.
-\end{typeMath}
-
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Roots}
-\label{section roots}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Roots are marked by §√{ }§. If there is a number or letter above the root symbol, type it in square brackets after after the §√§, e.g. §√[3]§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The root symbol §√§ has the Unicode codepoint U+221A. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Roots consist of a root symbol followed by an overlined mathematical term. The overline may or may not be connected to the root symbol. 
-If the overline is missing, type only the root symbol without §{ }§. 
-If there is no root symbol but you can still identify the overline as a root, insert §√§. If you are not sure whether the overline is part of a root, do not insert §√§ and use §<ol> </ol>§ for the overline (see \sect{section underlines and overlines}).
-\end{clarification}
-
-%\newpage
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, how to type a root]
-
-\vspace{-1mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}cc@{\qquad}l@{\qquad}l}
-root symbol & overline & & \\[2mm]
-yes & yes & §√{ }§ & (see example 1) \\[1mm]
-yes & no & §√§ & (see example 2) \\[1mm]
-no & yes & §√{ }§ or § <ol> </ol>§ & (see example 3) \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\vspace{7mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1: \, root symbol with unconnected overline]{width=10cm}{root_huygens2_218}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-√\bold{\{_}mm\bold{_} - \bold{_}o x\bold{_} + \bold{\{_}ppxx\bold{_} / \bold{_}gg\bold{_\} \}}, ut oportebat. \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 2: \, root symbol without overline]{width=5cm}{root_belidor_p161}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-MP = y = \bold{\{} √ bb; \bold{/} 2 \bold{\}} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-%\begin{note}
-%If the overline is missing, type only the root symbol without §{ }§.
-%\end{note}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 3: \, overline without and with root symbol]{root_musschen_625}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText
-cetur AD aut DB, \bold{_}r\bold{_}. BG $it = \bold{_}x\bold{_}. eritque FG\bold{<^>}q\bold{</^>} = 2 \bold{_}r x\bold{_} - \bold{_}x x\bold{_}, unde \\
-Cubus FG = √\bold{\{}2 \bold{_}rx\bold{_} - \bold{_}xx\bold{_}\bold{\}} \bold{<001>} √\bold{\{}2 \bold{_}rx\bold{_} - \bold{_}xx\bold{_}.\bold{\}} & Cubus AD = \bold{_}r\bold{_<^>}3\bold{</^>}. qua- \\
-re Cohærentia ba$eos ADC e$t ad eam ba$eos FGE uti \bold{_}r\bold{_}\bold{<^>}3\bold{</^>} ad \\
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{note}
-If you are not sure whether the first overline is part of a root, type §<ol>2 _rx_ - _xx_</ol>§.
-\end{note}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 4: \, third root]{width=5cm}{root3_bernoulli_216}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-D √[3] \bold{_}s\bold{_} - \bold{_}d\bold{_} ad D - \bold{_}d\bold{_}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-
-\section{Miscellaneous Symbols}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type common symbols directly as Unicode characters.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Astronomy and Astrology}
-\label{section astronomy}
-
-%\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[ 1: \, planet symbols]
-
-\vspace{-7mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & \unicode{☿} & \unicode{♀} & \unicode{♁} & \unicode{♂} & \unicode{♃} & \unicode{♄} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+263F} & \xs{U+2640} & \xs{U+2641} & \xs{U+2642} & \xs{U+2643} & \xs{U+2644} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[ 2: \, zodiac symbols]
-
-\vspace{-7mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & \unicode{♈} & \unicode{♉} & \unicode{♊} & \unicode{♋} & \unicode{♌} & \unicode{♍} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+2648} & \xs{U+2649} & \xs{U+264A} & \xs{U+264B} & \xs{U+264C} & \xs{U+264D} \\[4mm]
-symbol & \unicode{♎} & \unicode{♏} & \unicode{♐} & \unicode{♑} & \unicode{♒} & \unicode{♓} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+264E} & \xs{U+264F} & \xs{U+2650} & \xs{U+2651} & \xs{U+2652} & \xs{U+2653} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Technical Symbols}
-\label{section technical symbols}
-
-%\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, technical symbols]
-
-\vspace{-7mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & \unicode{℞} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+211E} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/DESpecs_text.tex
--- a/DESpecs/DESpecs_text.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,1941 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-%!TEX root = DESpecs.tex
-
-
-% {quis}  --> {quod}
-
-
-\section{File Conventions}
-\label{section file conventions}
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-Save the text in plain text format (§.txt§) with Unicode §utf-8§ encoding. If the text is saved in more than one file, number the parts, for example §Euclid_part_001.txt§, §Euclid_part_002.txt§, and so on. Create a §zip§ archive from all files.
-
-We will also need the list of unknown characters (see \sect{section unknown characters}) for each file. It should have the same filename
-as the text it is from, but with the postfix §-unknown§ (e.\,g.
-§Euclid-unknown.pdf§) . If the list is handwritten, scan it and save it as PDF file.
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-
-\section{General Markup}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Pages}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type the entire contents of one page, then go on to the next page. Do not mix the contents of different pages.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\subsubsection{Page Breaks, Page Numbers and Running Heads}
-\label{section page breaks}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Page breaks are marked by §<pb>§. If the page has a page number, type it within the §<pb>§ tag, e.g. §<pb 6>§. Type the page number exactly as it appears in the book. If there is a running head on the page, it is marked by §<rh>§ and §</rh>§. Type the running head immediately after the §<pb>§ tag. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Insert a blank line before each §<pb>§ tag. 
-The position of the page number, e.g. at the top or bottom of the page, will not be encoded. Type the §<pb>§ and §<rh>§ tags before you type any content of the page. Do not type spaces within words. If there is a horizontal line below the running head, do not type it.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, arabic page number]{montag_mark_pagenumber_runninghead.jpg}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb} 2\bold{><rh>}GEOMET. ELEMENT. EVCLIDIS\bold{</rh>} \\
-$unt ӕquales. 16 Et hic quidem punctus, centrum circuli dicitur.\bold{</p>} \\
-\untranscribedText
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For §$§ and §æ§ see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}. For ligatures, e.g. {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} ct}, see \sect{section latin ligatures}. §</p>§ marks the end of a paragraph (\sect{section paragraphs}). For spaces before and after punctuation marks see \sect{section latin punctuation}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{note}
-The §<p>§ for the beginning of the paragraph is on the previous page. 
-\end{note}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, roman page number]{montag_roemische_seitenzahl} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb} vij\bold{><rh>_}PREFACE\bold{_}.\bold{</rh>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For §_ _§ see \sect{section italics}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Catchwords and Signatures}
-\label{section catchwords and signatures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Do not type catchwords or signatures.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-In most cases, catchwords and signatures are at the bottom of the page.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{catchword_signature_neu}
-
-\notTranscribed
-
-The left rectangle contains the signature (§Ec 2§) and the right rectangle the catchword (§Volo§).
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Text Blocks}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type a return after each line of the printed page.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not insert a space at the end of the line. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\subsubsection{Headings}
-\label{section headings}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Headings are marked by §<h>§ and §</h>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-All headings are tagged in the same way, regardless of the font size. Do not type spaces within words. If the text is centered, this will not be encoded.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=.7\linewidth}{montag_headings_euclid_233}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<h>}EUCLIDIS \\
-ELEMENTORUM \\
-LIBER DECIMUS.\bold{</h>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-or alternatively, if you are unsure whether each line is a separate heading:
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<h>}EUCLIDIS\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<h>}ELEMENTORUM\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<h>}LIBER DECIMUS.\bold{</h>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Paragraphs} 
-\label{section paragraphs}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Paragraphs are marked by §<p>§ and §</p>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Make sure that for each §<p>§ there is a corresponding §</p>§ somewhere. If a paragraph starts and ends on different pages, the §<p>§ and §</p>§ tags are on these different pages.
-If the first line of the paragraph is indented, this will not be encoded. If the text is centered, this will not be encoded either.
-%A change in the font style, for example a line in italics, may indicate a new paragraph. TODO: Probably this rule will not apply very often. Leave it out? Put it somewhere else? (it occurs in the example in \sect{Structural markup general example})
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{paragraph_benedetti_299}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\untranscribedText \bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Secunda cau$a e$t, quia quoduis graue corpus, aut per naturam, aut per vim mo- \\
-tum, rectitudinem itineris naturaliter appetat, quod clarè cogno$cere po$$umus, \\
-proijciendo lapides funda, & circunducentes brachium, nam funes tanto maius \\
-pondus acquirunt, & manum tanto magis onerant, quanto velocius voluitur funda, \\
-& incitatur motus, quod ab appetitu naturali in$ito ei corpori per lineã rectam pro- \\
-grediendi procedit. Vnde fit, vt pondus circunferentiæ ip$ius rotæ, tanto facilius cir- \\
-cunuoluatur, & ex $eip$o tanto longiori tempore moueatur, quanto longius di$tat à \\
-centro, cum eius iter tanto minus $it curuum. Hanc igitur ob cau$am, rota, quanto \\
-maior erit, eiu$\bs´q; pondus tanto magis vicinum circunferentiæ, tanto magis durabit \\
-impetus motus a$$umptus.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>} \untranscribedText
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For  §à§ and §ã§ see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}. For  §\´q§ see \sect{section other diacritics}. See also the example in \sect{Structural markup general example}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{note}
-Headings (\sect{section headings}) are marked by §<h>§~§</h>§ instead of §<p>§~§</p>§. Block quotations  (\sect{section block quotations}) are marked by §<q>§~§</q>§ instead of §<p>§~§</p>§. The §<p>§ and §</p>§ tags should not be used in marginal notes (\sect{section marginal notes}) or footnotes (\sect{section footnotes}). 
-\end{note}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Block Quotations}
-\label{section block quotations}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A block quotation is marked by §<q>§ and §</q>§. Do not type repeating quotation symbols.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The §<q>§ and §</q>§ replace the §<p>§ and §</p>§ tags.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{quotation_2.jpg} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}Nec non vbi ita inquit.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<q>}Et $i (modo credimus) vnum\\
-I$$e diem $ine Sole ferunt, incendia lumen\\
-Præbebant.\bold{</q>}\\
-\bold{<p>}Quod autem à Patre in$truatur etiam de cur$u annuali,\\
-videbitur vbi ita dicit.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<q>}Nitor in aduer$um, nec me, qui cætera vincit.\\
-Impetus, & rapido contrarius euehor orbi.\bold{</q>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Et vbi ita loquitur.\bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{note}
-For inline quotations within a paragraph, type the quotation marks exactly as they appear in the text.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Footers}
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-If you can identify a paragraph as a footer, use §<h>§ and §</h>§ instead of §<p>§ and §</p>§.
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-§<h>§ and §</h>§ is the tag for headings (\sect{section headings}).
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{mkbsp_footer_benedetti.jpg}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText \\
-quem quidem tractatum cum quibu$dam alijs meis $peculationibus in lucem prode\\
-re cupio, $i fieri poterit, antequam ad directionem mei Horo$copi cum corpore\\
-Martis An\li{ae}ret\li{ae} perueniam, qu\li{ae} quidem directio circa annum mille$imum quin-\\
-gente$imum nonage$imum $ecundum eueniet.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<h>}FINIS.\bold{</h>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For §{ae}§ see \sect{section latin ligatures}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Columns}
-\label{section columns}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Columns are marked by §<col>§ and §</col>§. Assign a number to each column and type it in the §<col>§ tag.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the §<col>§ and §</col>§ tags on separate lines.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\mehrzeilen
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}llll}
-\htsc{Example 1: \, a real page} &&& \htsc{Example 2: \, how to type columns} \\
-\includegraphics[scale=0.6]{wholepagecolumns2}  &&
-\multicolumn{2}{l}{\includegraphics[scale=0.63]{three_columns}} \\
-\parbox[t]{4.5cm}{\small \vspace{1mm}
-\notTranscribed \\[2mm]
-Note that the page number and the running head are not part of a column.}
-&&&
-\parbox[t]{4cm}{ \vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<col 1>} \\
-\bold{<p>}This is one \\ column ...\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-\bold{<col 2>} \\
-\bold{<p>}This is \\ another \\ column.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-\bold{<col 3>} \\
-\bold{<p>}And there \\ might be \\ yet another \\ column.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{note}
-If there is no running text in the columns, they may be not be separate columns, but a table (\sect{section tables}). If in doubt, check the example there.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Tables}
-\label{section tables}
-
-\subsubsection{Nomenclature}
-\label{section tables overview}
-
-%\includegraphics[width=14cm]{bettertable9}
-\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{bettertable9}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-A transcription of this table can be found in \sect{section large vertical table elements}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{note}
-In the context of tables, the term “column” refers to a vertical division in the table. The usage is different from the usage in \sect{section columns}. To avoid confusion, we will use the terms “table column” and “text column” in this section.
-\end{note}
-
-\subsubsection{Basic Rule}
-\label{section tables basic rule}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A table is marked by §<tb>§ and §</tb>§. Use §#§ as cell separators. Type a return after each row. Do not type horizontal or vertical lines or large horizontal or vertical braces.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the §<tb>§ and §</tb>§ tags on separate lines. Do not treat the table columns as text columns (\sect{section columns}), i.e. do not type a whole column before you go on to the next column. If the whole table is in italics (\sect{section italics}), indicate this in the §<tb>§ tag, i.e. §<tb it>§.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{table_benedetti_439_2}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tb it>} \\
-\bold{<col 1>} \\
-Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\
-3 \bold{#} 29 \bold{#} æqualis \bold{#} æquali \\
-8 \bold{#} 35 \bold{#} maius \bold{#} maior \\
-9 \bold{#} 15 \bold{#} in vnitate $uperficialis, erit ac \bold{#} in vnitate $upreficialis erit, ac \\
-11 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} proueuiens \bold{#} prouenientem \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\bold{<col 2>} \\
-Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\
-158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} ver$a \bold{#} ver$am \\
-158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} $it \bold{#} $int \\
-162 \bold{#} 22 \bold{#} cindenda \bold{#} $cindenda \\
-163 \bold{#} 7 \bold{#} oppo$itus \bold{#} oppo$itum \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\bold{</tb>} 
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-If you are unsure whether the table in the example is divided into two text columns or not, use cell separators instead of §<col>§ tags:
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tb it>} \\
-Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \bold{#} Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\
-3 \bold{#} 29 \bold{#} æqualis \bold{#} æquali \bold{#} 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} ver$a \bold{#} ver$am \\
-8 \bold{#} 35 \bold{#} maius \bold{#} maior \bold{#} 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} $it \bold{#} $int \\
-\untranscribedText \\
-\bold{</tb>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For §it§ see \sect{section italics}. The symbol §#§ is also used to mark large spaces in table-like structures (see \sect{section table-like structures}).
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Large Horizontal Table Elements}
-\label{section large horizontal table elements}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 1: In the case of a table element that horizontally spans more than one table cell, repeat the symbol §#§ before the table element for each cell spanned by the element, e.g. §####§ for an element spanning four cells. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not type spaces between the §#§ symbols in this case. This rule applies even if the spanning element is the first element in a table row.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{note}
-In all other cases there should be a space before and after each §#§ symbol.
-\end{note}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 2: Within table cells, if text is broken into separate lines, do not type a return after the lines. Instead, type §\\§ to separate the lines.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-Rule 3: If a table element spans the whole table width, type it as header/footer with §<h> </h>§ (without §#§, and do not use §\\§, but new lines).
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{ghetaldi_p79_tabelle}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tb>} \\
-\bold{<h>}Tabula ad inueniendam qualitatem \\
-Auri, ex grauitate quam ha- \\
-bet in aere & aqua.\bold{</h>}  \\
-Qualitas \bold{\bs\bs} Auri. \bold{#} Grauitas Auri \bold{\bs\bs} in aere. \bold{####} Grauitas ... aqua. \bold{#} Mi$t\~u ... ære. \\
-Part. \bold{#} Lib. \bold{#} Vnc. \bold{#} Scrup. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num. Fract. \bold{#} Part. \\
-24 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 20. \bold{#} 372 \bold{#} 0 \\
-23 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 5. \bold{#} 765 \bold{#} 1 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</tb>} \\
-\bold{<tb>} \\
-\bold{<h>}Tabella Partis pro \\
-portionalis Deno- \\
-minatorum Auri.\bold{</h>} \\
-Pars proportio \bold{\bs\bs} nalis Auri in \bold{\bs\bs} partibus. 24. \bold{##} Differ\~etia ... aqua. \\
-Part. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num: Fract. \\
-1 \bold{#} 0. \bold{#} 1088 \\
-2 \bold{#} 1. \bold{#} 409 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</tb>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Large Vertical Table Elements}
-\label{section large vertical table elements}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 4: If a table element vertically spans more than one cell, type its content in its uppermost cell. Mark each additional cell that belongs to this table element by~§"§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=6cm}{ghetaldi_table}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tb>} \\
-Diametri \bold{\bs\bs} magnitu- \bold{\bs\bs} do. \bold{####} Aureæ $pheræ \bold{\bs\bs} grauitas. \\
-\bold{" #} Lib. \bold{#} Vn. \bold{#} Scru. \bold{#} Gra. \\
-\bold{\{} 1/4 \bold{\}}  \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 2 \bold{#} \bold{\{} 29/37 \bold{\}} \\
-\bold{\{} 1/2 \bold{\}}  \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 16 \bold{#} 6 \bold{\{} 10/37 \bold{\}} \\
-\bold{\{} 3/4 \bold{\}}  \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 2 \bold{#} 6 \bold{#} 21 \bold{\{} 6/37 \bold{\}} \\
-1 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 5 \bold{#} 10  \bold{#} 2 \bold{\{} 6/37 \bold{\}}  \\
-\bold{</tb>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\vspace{-5mm}
-\begin{crossref}
-For fractions such as §{1/4}§ see \sect{section fractions}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{note}
-If the table elements vertically span the whole table and contain running text, they may not be table elements, but text columns (\sect{section columns}). If in doubt, check the example there.
-\end{note}
-
-% Rule about large curly braces? MH: nein
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Table-Like Structures}
-\label{section table-like structures}
-
-\subsubsection{Indexes}
-\label{section indexes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-An index is marked by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ for large spaces. Type a return after each row. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-% Ob sie für jede Seite einen getrennten Index machen, sollen sie selbst entscheiden.
-
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1]{width=10cm}{bacon_253}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<ind it>} \\
-Caterpillars \bold{#} \bold{_}153\bold{_} \\
-Cements that grow hard \bold{#} \bold{_}183\bold{_} \\
-Chalk, a good compo$t, \bold{_}122, 123\bold{_}. Good for \\
-\bold{#} Pa$ture, as well as for Arable \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
-Chameleons, \bold{_}80\bold{_}. Their nouri$hment, \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
-\bold{#} A fond Tradition of them \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
-\bold{</ind>} 
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-Within a structure in italics, the §_ _§ denote single words in upright type (see also \sect{section italics}).
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2]{gallac_91}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<ind>} \\
-\bold{<col 1>} \\
-\someText \\
-Diligenza $overchia, quale. \bold{#} 49 \\
-Diminuzione di gro$$ezze, come deb- \\
-\bold{#} ba condur$i. \bold{#} 56 \\
-\bold{_}Diocleziano\bold{_}. Sue Terme. \bold{#} 51 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\bold{<col 2>} \\
-\someText \\
-Errori di que$to genere, cagione di \\
-\bold{#} tutti gli errori. \bold{#} 18. 19 \\
-\bold{#} Provvedimenti dei Romani con- \\
-\bold{#} tro a que$ti errori. \bold{#} 19 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\bold{</ind>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Tables of Contents}
-\label{section tables of contents}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A table of contents is marked by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ for large spaces. Type a return after each row. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1]{width=12cm}{zubler_43_2}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<toc it>} \\
-Cap. 1. \bold{#} De Chorographia generatim: quid $it, & que ad eam In-\\
-\bold{#} $trumenta poti{$s}imùm requi$ita, \bold{#} pag. 1. \\
-II. \bold{#} De In$trumenti fabricâ, \bold{#} 2 \\
-III. \bold{#} De Triangul{is}, omnium dimen$ionum fundamento, \bold{#} 5 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</toc>} 
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2]{belidor_683}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<toc it>} \\
-\bold{_}CH\bold{<sc>}APITRE\bold{</sc>} I.\bold{_} Où l'on en$eigne comme $e fait la pou$$ée des \\
-\bold{#} Voutes, & où l'on raporte quelques principes tirés de la méca- \\
-\bold{#} nique pour en faciliter l'intelligence \bold{#} 2 \\
-\bold{_}C\bold{<sc>}HAP\bold{</sc>}. II. \bold{_}De la maniere de calculer l'épai$$eur des Pié-droits \\
-\bold{#} des Voutes en plain ceintre pour e$tre en équilibre par leur ré- \\
-\bold{#} $i$tance avec la pou$$ée qu'ils ont à $oûtenir. \bold{#} 10 \\
-\bold{</toc>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Large Spaces}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If a normal paragraph contains at least one large space, mark the paragraph by §#§ (i.e. §<p #>§) and mark each large space in the paragraph by §#§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Before you use §<p #>§, make sure the paragraph is not part of a table, an index or a table of contents. In some texts the spaces after periods (“.”) is slightly larger than normal spaces; do not mark this.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 2]{width=12cm}{Pappus_large_spaces}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p #>} \someText \\
-extrema ad axes \bold{#} angulorum@ continent autem hunc propo$itiones \\
-ferè exi$tentes vna multa, & varia theoremata, & linearum, & $uperficie- \\
-rum, & $olidorum omnia $imul vna demon$tratione, & quæ nondum de- \\
-mon$trata $unt, & quæ \bold{#} & in duodecimo libro horum elemento- \\
-\someText \bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-%\subsubsection{Other Structures With Leading}
-%Introduce a generic tag for leading: §<lead> # </lead>§ or so.
-%Alternative: Section “Leading”, where leading is explained, with example. Then: toc's and indexes.
-%One (weird) example would be Biancani 1635, p.195.
-%Another semi-weird example: modern-style quotations. Alternatively in the block quotation section, or no rule at all.
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Notes}
-
-\begin{note}
-Handwritten notes (\sect{section handwritten notes}) are not transcribed. 
-\end{note}
-
-\subsubsection{Marginal Notes}
-\label{section marginal notes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A note in the left margin is marked by §<mgl> </mgl>§, and a note in the right margin is marked by §<mgr> </mgr>§. Type the marginal note on separate lines, starting after the line it is closest to. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not mark paragraphs within a marginal note, i.e. do not use §<p> </p>§.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For anchored marginal notes see \sect{section anchored marginal notes}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, marginal notes in the left and right margins]{montag_mark_marginalnote_coimbricenses_232}
-
-\notTranscribed
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, transcribing a marginal note]{mkbsp_marginalnote_big_benedetti.jpg}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}
-Si ad aliquã rectã lineã * compare\li{tur} parallelogrãm\bs\tld{}u, defici\bs\tld{}es forma\\
-\bold{<mgr>}παραβληθῆ, \bold{_}ap\bold{_} \\
-\bold{_}ponatur, appli-\bold{_} \\
-\bold{_}cetur\bold{_</mgr>}\\
-quadrata, ip$um cõparat\bs\tld{}u æqu\bs\tld{}u e$t ei quod (cõtine\li{tur}) $ub $egm\bs\tld{}etis\\
-rect\li{ae} line\li{ae}, qu\li{ae} ex ip$a cõparatione $unt facta.
-\bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Footnotes}
-\label{section footnotes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Footnotes are marked by §<fn>§ and §</fn>§. Type the footnote where it appears on the page. Insert the footnote symbol or number in the §<fn>§ tag. The corresponding footnote symbol in the main text is marked by §<n>§. Insert the footnote symbol or number in the §<n>§ tag.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Ignore the superscript of the footnote symbol. Use §<n>§ in the main text only if you can identify the symbol as a footnote symbol and if there is a corresponding §<fn> </fn>§ tag somewhere. Do not mark paragraphs within a footnote, i.e. do not use §<p> </p>§. Do not type horizontal lines.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, common footnote symbols]
-\begin{tabular}{llcccccc} \\
-symbol && * & † & ‡ & \§ & ‖ & ¶ \\[2mm]
-Unicode &&  \xs{U+002A} & \xs{U+2020} & \xs{U+2021} &\xs{U+00A7} & \xs{U+2016} & \xs{U+00B6} \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}{montag_footnote2_euclid_264}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<col 1>} \\
-\bold{<h><n} *\bold{>} LEMMA.\bold{</h>}\\
-\bold{<p>}Si fuerint tres rectæ lineæ in ratione aliqua,\\
-erit ut prima ad tertiam ita rectangulum conten-\bold{</col>}\\
-\bold{<col 2>} \\
-\bold{<h>}* ΛΗΜΜΑ.\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Εὰν ὦ\li{στι} τρ\li{εῖ}ς εὐθ\li{εῖ}\li{αι} \li{ἐν} λόγῳ \li{τι}νὶ, ἔ\li{σται} ὡς \\
-ἡ \li{πρ}ώ\li{τη} \li{πρ}ὸς τ\li{ὴν} τ\li{ρί}\li{την} \li{οὕ}τως \li{τὸ} \li{ὑπὸ} τῆς\bold{</col>}\\
-\bold{<fn} *\bold{>}Lemma hoc non agno$cunt \bold{_}Codd. MSS.\bold{_</fn>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For Greek ligatures see \sect{section greek ligatures}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{note}
-If the footnote continues on the next page, close the first part with §</fn>§ before you go on to the next page. Mark the second part on the next page with new §<fn> </fn>§ tags.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Anchored Marginal Notes}
-\label{section anchored marginal notes}
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-An anchored marginal note is marked by §<mgl> </mgl>§ or §<mgr> </mgr>§ according to its position and typed on separate lines starting after the line it is closest to (just like a normal marginal note). In addition, the anchor is treated like a footnote symbol, i.e. it is marked by §<n>§ in the main text and it is typed inside the §<mgl>§ or §<mgr>§ tag.
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{montag_mark_anchor_marg_} % Euclid of Clavius 1607, p.795
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p it>} \someText \\
-circumferentiam datæ rectæ A, æqualem e$$e. Cùm enim $it, vt E,\\
-ad A, ita B D, ad F G; hoc est, \bold{<n} \bold{_}a\bold{_}\bold{>} ita tota diameter circuli B C, ad\\
-\bold{<mgr} a\bold{>}15.\\
-\bold{_}quinti\bold{_}.\bold{</mgr>}\\
-totam diametrum circuli F H: Sit autem vt diameter ad diametrum,\\
-ita circumferentia B C, ad circumferentiam F H, vt Pappus demon- \\
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-
-\refstepcounter{subsubsection}
-\label{section anchored comments}
-
-
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Printed Images}
-
-\begin{note}
-Treat handwritten figures in the same way as handwritten notes (\sect{section handwritten notes}), i.e. simply mark them by §<hd>§.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Figures}
-\label{section figures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Where a figure occurs in the text, type §<fig>§ on a separate line. If you can identify a caption of the figure, mark it by §<cap> </cap>§. Additional text that describes parts of the figure is marked by §<desc> </desc>§. Use a single §<var> </var>§ tag for variable names and numbers. Type a closing §</fig>§ tag on a separate line after all §<cap>§, §<desc>§ and §<var>§ tags.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type all §<cap>§, §<desc>§ and §<var>§ tags, in this order, on separate lines. 
-%Type the caption on a separate line after <fig>. 
-A figure may have more than one description. 
-%Type each description on a separate line after <fig> and <cap>. 
-If the same description is repeated in a figure, type it only once. 
-%If the caption or a description is vertical, ignore this and type it as normal horizontal text. 
-Separate the variable names and numbers in the §<var> </var>§ by spaces.
-%If there are variable names or numbers in the figure, type them all in a single §<var> </var>§ tag.
-Type §<fig/>§ instead of §<fig>§ and §</fig>§ to mark simple figures without §<cap>§, §<desc>§ or §<var>§ tags.
-\end{clarification}
-
-%(The rule that a caption may be typed above or below the §<fig>§ tag has disappeared.)
-
-%(§</fig>§ makes sense only if there is at least one §<cap>§, §<desc>§ or §<var>§, so it would sometimes be used and sometimes not. Is this really a good idea? Check if there was any confusion with complex figures!)
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1: \, a simple figure without caption, descriptions or variables]{width=7cm}{fig_sans_3}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText \\
-montre que vous placeriéz en cette façon \\
-$ur une boule.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<fig/>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Sous cette \bold{_}cornée\bold{_}, e$t \bold{_}l'iris\bold{_}, autre membrane, \\
-\someText \bold{<p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 2: \, a figure with a caption]{width=12cm}{montag_imagewcaption}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText \\
-$e$quipedem, circumagito, ut altera pars æquè cale$cat ab igni.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<cap it>}Paruus Vncus ferreus.\bold{</cap>}\\
-\bold{</fig>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Præterea $i quando mi$tura $atis plumbi non habuerit, addito cum forci \\
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 3: \, figures with variables]{imageleftandright_4}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<h it>_}E\bold{_}uclid. ex \bold{_}Z\bold{_}amb. \bold{_}T\bold{_}heorema \bold{_}68\bold{_}. \bold{_}P\bold{_}ropo$itio \bold{_}92\bold{_}.\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Si areola comprehen$a fuerit $ub rationali & apotome $ecunda\\
-\bold{<mgr>}92\bold{</mgr>}\\
-quæ areolam pote$t, mediæ apotome e$t prima.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<var>}λ @ ο @ ν @ σ ξ χ @ τ μ\bold{</var>} \\
-\bold{</fig>} \\
-\bold{<p it>_}THEON\bold{_} ex \bold{_}Z\bold{_}ãb. \bold{_}A\bold{_}reola nãq; α β, \\
-\bold{<fig>}\\
-\bold{<var>}α @ @ ζ @ γ @ @ @ @\bold{</var>} \\
-\bold{</fig>} \\
-cõpreh\bs\tld{}edatur $ub ratiõali α γ, \& \bold{_}2\bold{_} a- \\
-potome α δ. \bold{_}D\bold{_}ico \li{quod} quæ α β, areolam\\
-pote$t, mediæ apotome e$t prima. \bold{_}E\bold{_}$to\\
-enim (\li{per} 79 decimi) ip$i α δ cõgru\bs\tld{}es δ\\
-\someText \bold{</p>}\\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 4: \, figure with descriptions and variables]{width=8cm}{voltaire_156}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Violet\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Pourpre\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Bleu\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Verd\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Jaune\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Orange\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc it>}Rouge\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<var>}A B C\bold{</var>} \\
-\bold{</fig>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Drop Caps}
-\label{section drop caps}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type a drop cap as an ordinary capital letter. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not use a §<fig>§ tag (\sect{section figures}) for ornamental drop caps.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, a simple drop cap]{montag_mark_dropcap_unorna}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}FErunt Ari$tipp\bs~u tempe$tate maris ad incognita littora delatum, cum in are-\\
-na vidi$$et qua$dã figuras geometricas delineatas exultant\bs\tld{}e l\li{ae}titia dixi$$e: Hæc\\ 
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, an ornamental drop cap]{montag_mark_dropcap_orna}
-
-\begin{typeLatin} 
-\bold{<p>}LV\bold{<sc>}MEN\bold{</sc>} Lunæ etiam $i $it lumen reflexum Solis ab ip$a Luna, ab ea tamen\\
-non ita reflectitur, vt à $uperficie polita $peculi, c\bs\tld{}u eius luminis tantã quã\\
-titatem $uper ip$um corpus lunare videamus, & eo modo terminatã quo\\
-con$picimus. per $e lumen, cau$a oculi e$t effectum, per accidens autem\\
-puta quod vis. Terra deinde nunquam lunari lumine (quãuis $olaris reflexio exi$tat)\\ 
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\vspace{-2mm}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-§<sc>§ marks small caps; see \sect{section small caps}. See also the example in \sect{Structural markup general example}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Handwritten Notes}
-\label{section handwritten notes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Handwritten notes are marked by §<hd>§. Do not type the note itself.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type §<hd>§ on a separate line, after the line of the main text the note is closest to. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, a handwritten note]{bsp_handwrittenmargin_2}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText
-h. $upponendo igitur in puncto. g. pondus, aut virtutem mouentem unius libræ, & in\\
-h. duarum librarum, ab$\li{que} dubio hæ duæ uirtutes in huiu$modi di$tantijs à centro\\
-\li{ae}quales inuic\bs\tld{}e er\bs\tld{}ut, ob rationes prioribus capitibus iam allatas, & $tatera orizontalis\\
-\bold{<hd>}\\
-manebit. Vnde clarum erit, \li{quod} quæuis etiam exigua virtus adiuncta ip$i. g. mouebit\\
-$tateram extra orizontalem $itum. Nunc $i puncto. i. ex æquo medio inter. g. et. K.
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, a handwritten note with a drawing]{mkbsp_handdrawing_euclid_515.jpg}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText \\
-ctè iuncta ad obtu$um angul\bs\tld{}u, à perp\bs\tld{}ediculari extrà depreh\bs\tld{}editur.\bold{</p>}\\
-\bold{<hd>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-Example 2 contains a signature and a catchword (\sect{section catchwords and signatures}), which are ignored.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Unreadable Text}
-\label{section unreadable text}
-
-\subsubsection{Characters You are Unsure About}
-\label{section characters you are unsure about}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If you are not sure about a character, type §<?>§ after it. If you are unsure about a whole paragraph, type §<?>§ directly after the §<p>§ tag, i.e. §<p><?>§. A completely unreadable character is typed as §@§. If it is unclear how many characters are unreadable, use §<gap>§ instead of §@§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Use one §@§ for each unreadable character, e.g. §unr@@dable§. If in doubt, use §<gap>§, e.g. §unr<gap>dable§. If you are unsure about a group of characters, for example a whole word, do not type §<?>§ repeatedly for every character, e.g. type §word<?>§ rather than §w<?>o<?>r<?>d<?>§.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, a stain]{bsp_gaptag_circumcised} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText
-d & f ad quadratum f, ergo di$iunctim erit quadratum \bold{@} ad\\
-quadratum f, ergo b ad e $icut d ad f, item per æquam pro-\\ 
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, a paper crease]{mkbsp_helptag.jpg}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText
-fe$$ore: cui acceptum feras quicquid hîc aut ad Gr\li{ae}cum exem\bold{<?>}plar, aut alio-\\
-qui doctè re$titutum uideris. Adiecimus Phænomena, S\bold{@}ecularia, Pro-\\
-theoriam Marini, & Data, argumentorum $imilitudine ind\bold{<?>}ucti. Quum\li{\bs´que}
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For unknown rather than unreadable characters please refer to \sect{section unknown characters}. 
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Unknown Characters}
-\label{section unknown characters}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If there is an unknown character in the text, add it to the numbered
-list of unknown characters. From then on, type its number whenever it
-occurs in the text, e.g. §<001>§. Keep a separate list for every
-single text. Do not make one list for the whole work order.
-\end{mainrule}
- 
-\begin{clarification}
-Before you create a number for an unknown character, first check whether \\
-(1)~it is a known ligature (Latin: \sect{section latin ligatures}, Greek: \sect{section greek ligatures}), \\
-(2)~it is a known symbol (appendix \ref{appendix list of all symbols}), \\
-(3)~it is in the list of characters to be typed directly (\sect{section characters to be typed directly}), \\
-(4)~there is a standard for typing it (\sect{section other diacritics}), or \\
-(5)~it is already on the list of unknown characters.
- \end{clarification}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-If the character is indeed unknown: Assign the number §<001>§ to the first unknown character, §<002>§ to the second unknown character, and so on. Do not assign the same number twice. Use this number to type the unknown character. Always use the same number if the same unknown character occurs again. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{note}
-Make sure that for a given text there is a single list containing all unknown characters, and that everyone uses this list. When the text is sent back to us, we will need a copy of this list. (See also \sect{section file conventions}.)
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For unreadable rather than unknown characters please refer to \sect{section characters you are unsure about}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\subsubsection{Obvious Mistakes in the Text}
-\label{section obvious mistakes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If you have reason to believe that there is a mistake in the text, use §<!>§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not silently correct the mistake.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{example}[: \, wrong numbering of anchored marginal notes]
-
-\vspace{-5mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<mgl} a\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
-\bold{<mgl} b\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
-\bold{<mgl} c\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
-\bold{<mgl} e\bold{><!>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-
-\section{Latin Alphabet}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{General}
-\label{section latin general}
-
-\subsubsection{Punctuation}
-\label{section latin punctuation}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type a space after the punctuation marks § . , : ; ! ?§ \quad 
-Type a space before the opening brackets § ( [ § and after the closing brackets  § ) ] §.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Ignore superfluous and missing spaces before and after punctuation marks and brackets.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, normal punctuation marks]{montag_punctuation}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}Exempli gratia, $umemus quadratum. \bold{_}3\bold{_}. $cilicet 9. quod in $ummam cum qua-\\
-drato. 4. colligemus, nempè. 1\bold{_}6\bold{_}. erit\bs'q; quadratum. 25. & ita quadratum. 6. hoc e$t.\\
-\bold{_}36\bold{_}. collectum cum quadrato. 8. nempè. \bold{_}6\bold{_}4. efficiet quadratum. 100. ita etiam qua-\\
-dratum. \bold{_}9\bold{_}. hoc e$t. 81. coniunctum quadrato. 12. nempè. 144. producet quadra- \\
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, unusual punctuation marks]{punktuation_2}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText
-$cindendus pannus uel tela: num id $ine cultro uel forfice faciet? num con-\\
-$uet ullam ue$tem $ine acu? ne populus quidem tran$marinus pennarum\\
-contextu corporis tegumentum faciet $ine \li{ij}$dem in$trumentis, nec pel-\\ 
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Hyphens}
-\label{section hyphens}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If the line ends with a hyphen, type it.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Hyphens at the end of a line can have different shapes. Always type a normal hyphen § - § regardless of its actual shape in the text. %Do not insert a space at the end of the line. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 1: \, normal hyphen]{hyphen_normal} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-Oportet autem arcum in maiore circulo datum non e$-
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, slanted hyphen]{montag_hyphen_single_slanted} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-æqualia. 4 Et $i ab inæqualibus æqualia demas, quæ relinquun-
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 3: \, slanted double hyphen]{hyphen_doppelt_schraeg} 
-\begin{typeLatin}
-RENSIS CLARISSIMI PHILOSOPHI, MATHEMA-
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\subsubsection{Dashes}
-\label{section dashes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type the en dash – and the em dash — directly as Unicode characters.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The en dash – (U+2013) is longer than the normal hyphen. The em dash — (U+2014) is longer than the hyphen and the en dash.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Characters}
-
-\subsubsection{Characters to be Typed Directly}
-\label{section characters to be typed directly}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If a character with diacritics can be easily typed and encoded as a single Unicode character, type it directly.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\mehrzeilen[-2]
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{liste}[: \, characters that can be typed directly]
-
-\vspace{-4mm}
-\begin{longtable}[l]{c@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }l}
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with acute accent} \\[2mm]
-á & \xs{(U+00E1)} & é & \xs{(U+00E9)} & í & \xs{(U+00ED)} & ó & \xs{(U+00F3)} & ú & \xs{(U+00FA)} && \\
-Á & \xs{(U+00C1)} & É & \xs{(U+00C9)} & Í & \xs{(U+00CD)} & Ó & \xs{(U+00D3)} & Ú & \xs{(U+00DA)} && \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with grave accent} \\[2mm]
-à & \xs{(U+00E0)} & è & \xs{(U+00E8)} & ì & \xs{(U+00EC)} & ò & \xs{(U+00F2)} & ù & \xs{(U+00F9)} && \\
-À & \xs{(U+00C0)} & È & \xs{(U+00C8)} & Ì & \xs{(U+00CC)} & Ò & \xs{(U+00D2)} & Ù & \xs{(U+00D9)} && \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with circumflex accent} \\[2mm]
-â & \xs{(U+00E2)} & ê & \xs{(U+00EA)} & î & \xs{(U+00EE)} & ô & \xs{(U+00F4)} & û & \xs{(U+00FB)} && \\
-Â & \xs{(U+00C2)} & Ê & \xs{(U+00DA)} & Î & \xs{(U+00CE)} & Ô & \xs{(U+00D4)} & Û & \xs{(U+00DB)} && \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with umlaut/diaeresis} \\[2mm]
-ä & \xs{(U+00E4)} & ë & \xs{(U+00EB)} & ï & \xs{(U+00EF)} & ö & \xs{(U+00F6)} & ü & \xs{(U+00FC)} & ÿ & \xs{(U+00FF)} \\
-Ä & \xs{(U+00C4)} & Ë & \xs{(U+00CB)} & Ï & \xs{(U+00CF)} & Ö & \xs{(U+00D6)} & Ü & \xs{(U+00DC)} & Ÿ & \xs{(U+0178)} \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with tilde} \\[2mm]
-ã & \xs{(U+00E3)} & õ & \xs{(U+00F5)} & ñ & \xs{(U+00F1)} &&& \\
-Ã & \xs{(U+00C3)} & Õ & \xs{(U+00D5)} & Ñ & \xs{(U+00D1)} &&& \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with cedilla} \\[2mm]
-ç & \xs{(U+00C7)} &&&&& \\
-Ç & \xs{(U+00E7)} \\ 
-\\
-\multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Common ligatures} \\[2mm]
-æ & \xs{(U+00C6)} & œ & \xs{(U+0153)} \\
-Æ & \xs{(U+00E6)} & Œ & \xs{(U+0152)} \\
-\end{longtable}
-\end{liste}
-
-\begin{note}
-Type the character ſ (i.e. long s) as §$§.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{note}
-The small letter i sometimes occurs without the dot above. Type it as a normal §i§. 
-\end{note}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[: \, long s, dotless i]{height=8mm}{dotlessi_euclidclavius_13}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-o$tendit \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{crossref}
-For the ligature §$t§ see \sect{section latin ligatures}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\subsubsection{Other Diacritics}
-\label{section other diacritics}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If a character cannot be typed directly but is a combination of a known character and a known diacritic, type \bs\,, then the diacritic, then the character.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Use this method only if the character is not in the list in \sect{section characters to be typed directly}.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, how to type diacritics]
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ccc@{ }ccc@{}ccccc@{}}
-&& circum- & umlaut/ && &&& dot\\
-acute & grave & flex & diaeresis & tilde & cedilla &&& above & macron & breve \\[1mm]
-\hline &&&& &&&& \\
-\'q & \`q &  \^q & \"q & \~q & {\fontspec{Helvetica}{\c{e}}} &&& {\fontspec{Helvetica}{\.a}} & q̄ & ĕ \\[2mm]
-§\'q§ & §\`q§ & §\^q§ & §\"q§ & §\~q§ & §\,e§ &&& §\.a§ & §\=q§ & §\-e§ \\ \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\begin{example}
-
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{aeqtildeles}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-æ\bs~qles
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{note}
-\k{e} (e with ogonek) and \r{q} (q with ring) are treated as ligatures; see \sect{section latin ligatures}.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Type Styles}
-
-\subsubsection{Italics}
-\label{section italics}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Use underscores §_ _§ to mark the beginning and end of words or whole lines in italics. Encode only up to a few lines of text this way, enclosing each line in underscores. A whole paragraph in italics is marked by §it§ in the §<p>§ tag, i.e. §<p it>§. Also, be careful not to include punctuation marks.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-This applies not only to paragraphs (\sect{section paragraphs}), but also to tables (\sect{section tables}), i.e. §<tb it>§, and pages (\sect{section page breaks}), i.e. §<pb it>§. If you use §it§, do not mark the lines with additional §_ _§ to indicate italics. However, within a §<p it>§ paragraph you can use §_ _§ to mark single words in upright type (see §_THEON_§ in example 2 in \sect{section figures}).
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1: \, a single word in italics]{scale=0.25}{montag_kursiv2}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-C\bold{<sc>}AMPANI\bold{</sc>} \bold{_}annotatio\bold{_}. Habito minimo, $i cura e$t
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 2: \, a phrase in italics, including a line break]{italics_intwolines}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText\\
-bus, figuris vtar geometricis, ita enim in .2. libr. fecit Euclides, qui mo-\\
-dus, eo magis mihi arridet, quo minus e$t ab$tractus, \bold{_}quoniam oportet in-\bold{_}\\
-\bold{_}telligentem phanta$mata $peculari\bold{_}, cum pr\li{ae}terea per$picuum $it, di$cretum\\
-omne, ex continui diui$ione aliquo modo oriri, $iue actu, $iue potentia.\\
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Bold Face}
-\label{section bold face}
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-Use §<bf> </bf>§ to mark bold face.
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\begin{example} 
-
-\vspace{-4mm}
-This is a \textbf{bold}  statement.
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-This is a \bold{<bf>}bold\bold{</bf>} statement.
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-\subsubsection{Small Caps}
-\label{section small caps}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If you can identify capital letters as small caps, use §<sc> </sc>§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{scale=0.2}{small_caps_euclid_515}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}C\bold{<sc>}AMPANVS\bold{</sc>}. Sit datus trigonus\\
-a: cui nos uolumus æquum quadra-\\
-tum de$cribere. De$ignabo $uperfici\bs\tld{}e \\
-\someText \bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-%\mehrzeilen
-
-\subsubsection{Subscript and Superscript}
-\label{section subscript and superscript}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Use §<_>§ and §</_>§ for subscript. Use §<^>§ and §</^>§ for superscript.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{example}[ 1: \, subscript]
-
-\vspace{-4mm}
-Assume that a$_1$ is negative.
-\begin{typeLatin}
-Assume that a\bold{<_>}1\bold{</_>} is negative.
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{example}[ 2: \, superscript]
-
-\vspace{-4mm}
-The square x$^2$ is always non-negative.
-\begin{typeLatin}
-The square x\bold{<^>}2\bold{</^>} is always non-negative.
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{note}
-Please be sure to distinguish between subscript and superscript.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{note}
-Numbers or other symbols in superscript may indicate a footnote (\sect{section footnotes}). Check whether there is a corresponding footnote somewhere.
-\end{note}
-
-\subsubsection{Underlines and Overlines}
-\label{section underlines and overlines}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Underlines, i.e. lines below characters or words, are marked by §<ul> </ul>§. 
-Overlines, i.e. lines above characters or words, are marked by §<ol> </ol>§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-% Examples (from the Formax questions: Cavalieri 1653: Special instruction was to use §{ 00 / }§ (p.0157) and §{ / 1 }§ (p.0354); now we tell them to use §<ol>§ and §<ul>§. But would this really be a good idea in a situation as in Cavalieri? The idea of overlines and underlines is that the letters look normal and there is simply a line added above or below the letters. In Cavalieri, however, the lines make the characters move up or down. $\to$ still a Special Instruction, and not a good example here.)
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{example}[ 1: \, underlines]
-
-\vspace{-4mm}
-In this sentence, \underline{two words} are underlined.
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-In this sentence, \bold{<ul>}two words\bold{</ul>} are underlined. \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 2: \, overlines]{height=8mm}{overlines}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<ol>}D E\bold{</ol><^>}3\bold{</^>} ad \bold{<ol>}A C\bold{</ol><^>}3\bold{</^>}, ita Cohærentia \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-In mathematical formulas, an overline may also indicate a root (see \sect{section roots}).
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\subsubsection{Text in Red}
-\label{section text in red}
-
-\begin{mainruleLessImportant}
-Text in red is marked by §<red>§ and §</red>§. 
-\end{mainruleLessImportant}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=12cm}{red_euclid_5enhanced}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<h it><red>}OMNES PERSPICVIS DEMONSTRA-\bold{</red>} \\
-tionibus, accurati$que $choli\li{is} illu$trati: nunc quartò editi, \\
-ac multarum rerum acce\li{$s}ione post primam \\
-editionem locupletati.\bold{</h>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\subsubsection{Vertical Text}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type vertical text as you would type horizontal text. The vertical text is not explicitly marked as such.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For an example of vertical text see the example in \sect{section large horizontal table elements}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Latin Ligatures}
-\label{section latin ligatures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Resolve easy ligatures silently. Resolve difficult ligatures too, but type §{§ and §}§ around them.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-Do not resolve æ and œ (see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}).
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{liste}[ 1: \, easy ligatures]
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lccccccccccc}
-upright & \lig{ff} & \lig{fi} & \lig{fl} & \lig{ffi} & \lig{ffl} & \lig{ſſ} & \lig{ſi} & \lig{ſſi} & \lig{ſt} & \lig{st} & {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} \Large ct} \\[2mm] % siehe fontspec.pdf, Abschnitt "Ligatures"
-italics & \lig{\textit{ff}} & \lig{\textit{fi}} & \lig{\textit{fl}} & \lig{\textit{ffi}} & \lig{\textit{ffl}} & \lig{\textit{ſſ}} & \lig{\textit{ſi}} & \lig{\textit{ſſi}} & \lig{\textit{ſt}} & \lig{\textit{st}} & {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} \Large \textit{ct}} \\[2mm] % siehe fontspec.pdf, Abschnitt "Ligatures"
-& §ff§ & §fi§ & §fl§ & §ffi§ & §ffl§ & §$$§ & §$i§ & §$$i§ & §$t§ & §st§ & §ct§ \\ \\ 
-\end{tabular}
-\end{liste}
-
-\begin{liste}[ 2: \, difficult letter ligatures]
-\begin{tabular}{lllllllllll} 
-\\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{ij_ligatur} & §{ij}§ &&
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{is_ligature} & §{is}§ &&
-%\includegraphics[height=8mm]{ss_ligature} &
-{\Large ß} & \textit{\Large ß} & §{$s}§ 
-\\ \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{liste}
-
-%\newpage
-
-\begin{liste}[ 3: \, difficult complex ligatures]
-\begin{longtable}[l]{lllllllllll} 
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{eogonek} & §{ae}§ \\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{colnr} & §{con}§ 
-\\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{q3} & §{que}§ 
-&
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{q3tilde} & §{quam}§ 
-&&
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{qmitslash} & §{quis}§ 
-&&
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{qmitkreis} & §{quo}§ 
-\\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{p_stroke} & §{per}§ 
-\\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{p} & §{pro}§ 
-\\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{longs_p_slash} & §{secundu}§ 
-\\ \\
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{t_with_curly_bar} & §{tur}§
-\end{longtable}
-\end{liste}
-
-\begin{example}[ 1: \, words containing easy ligatures]
-
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_fi} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_st} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_ct}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-$cientificè     \bold{_}stater\bold{_}     effectibus
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{bsp_ligst_benedetti_13} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_longsi} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{bsp_ligss_benedetti_13} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_longssi}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-po$teris        occa$ione          e$$e     Sereni$$imo
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{example}[ 2: \, words containing difficult ligatures]
-
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{accessione}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{_}acce\li{$s}ione\bold{_}
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_que} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{duoque} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_quod} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{queogonek} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{continuo} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{probo} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{longsm_secundum}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-utriu$\li{que}    duo'\li{que}   \li{quo}d  qu\li{ae}    \li{con}tinuo      \li{pro}bo   \li{secundu}m
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Additional Rules for Specific Languages}
-
-\subsubsection{German}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-In German text, type the characters ä, ö, ü and ß directly as Unicode characters.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, German characters]
-
-\vspace{-1mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lccclc}
-small letters \hspace{8mm} & ä & ö & ü && ß \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+00E4} & \xs{U+00F6} & \xs{U+00FC} && \xs{U+00DF} \\[4mm]
-capital letters \hspace{8mm} & Ä & Ö & Ü \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+00C4} & \xs{U+00D6} & \xs{U+00DC} \\[3mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\begin{note}
-The umlauts ä, ö, and ü are already supposed to be typed directly; see the list in \sect{section characters to be typed directly}. Only the character ß is new here. In non-German text you can still type it as §{$s}§, see \sect{section latin ligatures}.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For German text in Fraktur see \sect{section fraktur}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\section{Greek Alphabet}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Characters}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type Greek characters directly as Unicode characters. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type characters with diacritics as precomposed characters from the Unicode Greek Extended block, i.e. §ἀ§ as the Unicode character U+1F00, etc.
-\end{clarification}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Punctuation}
-\label{section greek punctuation}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-The rules for Latin punctuation apply. In addition, type the mid-dot §·§ directly.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The mid-dot §·§ (Greek ano teleia) has the Unicode codepoint U+0387. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For the Latin punctuation see \sect{section latin punctuation}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Greek Ligatures}
-\label{section greek ligatures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Resolve letter variations silently. Resolve all ligatures and type §{§ and §}§ around them. If a ligature contains some diacritics, type them. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The acute accent above §ι§, e.g. in §{τί}§, may be vertical; in this case type it as an acute accent. In some ligatures the accent is not above the correct character; type the accent above the vowel (§α§, §ε§, §η§, §ι§, §ο§, §υ§, §ω§), e.g. §{μέν}§. In two-letter ligatures of two vowels, type the accent above the second letter, e.g. §{οὕ}§. In some ligatures the accent is not clearly visible; if the resolved version in the list contains an accent, type it. In Greek texts, the circumflex has two shapes (circumflex~§^§ and tilde~§~§); always type it as normal circumflex. Type the end-sigma §ς§ directly, i.e. do not treat it as a letter variation.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\newcommand{\phlk}[1]{\textphlk{\LARGE #1}}
-\newcommand{\phlktbl}[1]{\textphlk{\LARGE #1} & §\{#1\}§}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{liste}[ 1: \, letter variations]
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{tabular}{ccccc}
-{\Large ϐ} && {\Large ϖ} && {\fontspec{Rgreekl2} \large õ} \\[2mm] % U+03D0, U+03D6 
-§β§ && §π§ && §τ§ \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{liste}
-
-\begin{liste}[ 2: \, two-letter ligatures]
-
-\phlk{αι} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ai} §{αι}§ \quad
-\phlk{ἀν}  §{ἀν}§ \quad
-\phlk{αύ} §{αύ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{gE} §{γη}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{gr} §{γρ}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{gO} §{γω}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{di_A} §{δί}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{do} §{δο}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{dr} §{δρ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{ει} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ei} §{ει}§ \quad
-\phlk{εῖ} \, {\fontspec{Rgreekl2} \Large Ƭ} §{εῖ}§ \quad
-\phlk{εν}  §{εν}§ \quad
-\phlk{ευ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{eu} §{ευ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{ην} §{ην}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{En_G} §{ὴν}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{tha} §{θα}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{the} §{θε}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{ko} §{κο}§ \\
-
-\phlk{λλ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ll} §{λλ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{mo} §{μο}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{pa} §{πα}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{po} §{πο}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{p-} §{πτ}§ \\
-
-%\phlk{έξ} \phlk{ἒξ}  §{όξ}§ \quad
-\phlk{όξ} \phlk{ὄξ}  §{όξ}§ \quad
-\phlk{ου} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ou} §{ου}§ \\
- 
-\phlk{ρί} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ri} §{ρι}§ \\
-
-\phlk{σθ}  §{σθ}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{si} §{σι}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{sk} §{σκ}§ \quad
-\phlk{σσ}  §{σσ}§ \quad
-\phlk{στ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{st} §{στ}§ \quad
-\phlk{σχ} §{σχ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{ta} §{τα}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{te} §{τε}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{ti} §{τι}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{ti_A} §{τί}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{to} §{το}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{tr} §{τρ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{υν} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{un} §{υν}§ \\
-
-\phlk{χρ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{chr} §{χρ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{psi} §{ψι}§ \\
-
-\end{liste}
-
-
-\begin{note}
-Some two-letter ligatures have different shapes within a word and as a separate word, e.g. §{εν}§ as a two-letter ligature (table 2) and §{ἐν}§ as a word ligature (table 4).
-\end{note}
-
-
-\begin{liste}[ 3: \, ligatures of three or more letters]
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{men} §{μεν}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{men_A} §{μέν}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{pro} §{προ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{στί} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{sti} §{στι}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{sto} §{στο}§ \\
-
-\end{liste}
-
-
-\begin{liste}[ 4: \, word ligatures]
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{apo_SL_G} §{ἀπὸ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{γάρ} §{γὰρ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{δια} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{dia_G} §{διὰ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{en_SL} §{ἐν}§ \quad
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{epi_SL_G} §{ἐπὶ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{καὶ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{kai_G} \,
-\phlk{κι} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{and} §{καὶ}§ \quad
-\phlk{κατὰ} §{κατὰ}§ \\
-
-\phlk{μετὰ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{meta_G} §{μετὰ}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{tEn_G} §{τὴν}§ \quad
-\phlk{τῶν} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{tOn_C} §{τῶν}§ \\
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{upo_SA_G} §{ὑπὸ}§ \\
-
-\end{liste}
-
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{greek_text_with_ligatures} 
-\begin{typeGreek}
-\bold{<h>}Πάππ\li{ου} τ\li{οῦ} Αλεξαν\li{δρ}έως Σ\li{υν}α\li{γω}\li{γῆ}ς \\ 
-ἕβ\li{δο}\li{μο}ν.\bold{</h>} \\ 
-\bold{<p>}Πε\li{ρι}έχ\li{ει} δὲ λήμμα\li{τα} τ\li{οῦ} ἀναλυο\li{μέν}\li{ου} \li{τό}\li{πο}υ.\bold{</p>} \\ 
-\bold{<p>}Ο καλ\li{ού}\li{μεν}ος ἀναλυό\li{μεν}ος, Ερμόδωρε \li{τέ}κνον, \\ 
-κα\li{τὰ} σύ\li{λλ}η\li{ψι}ν ἰ\li{δί}α \li{τί}ς ἐ\li{στι}ν ὕλη \li{πα}ρε\li{σκ}\li{ευ}ασ\li{μέν}η, \\
-\li{μετὰ} τ\li{ὴν} \li{τῶν} \li{κο}ινῶν \li{στο}ιχ\li{εί}ων \li{πο}ίη\li{σι}ν, \li{το}ῖς β\li{ου}λομένοις \\ 
-\someText \bold{</p>} 
-\end{typeGreek}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\section{Fraktur}
-\label{section fraktur}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Alphabet}
-\label{section fraktur alphabet}
-
-%(Note: This font ist Walden's recreation of Breitkopf Fraktur. As soon as I can use it with XeTeX, I will add a second Fraktur/Schwabacher font, probably Unger Fraktur. Variations: slimmer letters, umlaut with normal dots (ö) or lines (ő), proper capital umlauts (Breitkopf uses Ae where the letters are closer than normal A and e, etc.), capital J. Letter variation z with and without closed circle. Or is a second font unnecessary? An alternative would be to include real examples in different Fraktur fonts, for instance in the “alphabet” subsection, or even Special Instructions for \emph{each} text in Fraktur, which only shows a few lines of text plus transcription.)
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Mark single words or lines in Fraktur by §<fr> </fr>§. Mark paragraphs in Fraktur by §<p fr>§. Mark whole pages in Fraktur by §<pb fr>§. If the whole book is in Fraktur or mostly in Fraktur, simply type §<fr>§ at the beginning of the text before the first §<pb>§ tag. Type letters in Fraktur as normal roman characters. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, Fraktur alphabet]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c} \\
-small letters & \fraktur{a} & \fraktur{b} & \fraktur{c} & \fraktur{d} & \fraktur{e} & \fraktur{f} & \fraktur{g} & \fraktur{h} & \fraktur{i} & \fraktur{j} & \fraktur{k} & \fraktur{l} & \fraktur{m} & \fraktur{n} & \fraktur{o} & \fraktur{p} & \fraktur{q} & \fraktur{r} & \fraktur{s <} & \fraktur{t} & \fraktur{u} & \fraktur{v} & \fraktur{w} & \fraktur{x} & \fraktur{y} & \fraktur{z} \\[2mm]
- & §a§ & §b§ & §c§ & §d§ & §e§ & §f§ & §g§ & §h§ & §i§ & §j§ & §k§ & §l§ & §m§ & §n§ & §o§ & §p§ & §q§ & §r§ & §$§ §s§ & §t§ & §u§ & §v§ & §w§ & §x§ & §y§ & §z§ \\ 
- \\ 
-capital letters & \fraktur{A} & \fraktur{B} & \fraktur{C} & \fraktur{D} & \fraktur{E} & \fraktur{F} & \fraktur{G} & \fraktur{H} & \fraktur{I} & \fraktur{J} & \fraktur{K} & \fraktur{L} & \fraktur{M} & \fraktur{N} & \fraktur{O} & \fraktur{P} & \fraktur{Q} & \fraktur{R} & \fraktur{S} & \fraktur{T} & \fraktur{U} & \fraktur{V} & \fraktur{W} & \fraktur{X} & \fraktur{Y} & \fraktur{Z} \\[2mm]
- & §A§ & §B§ & §C§ & §D§ & §E§ & §F§ & §G§ & §H§ & §I§ & §J§ & §K§ & §L§ & §M§ & §N§ & §O§ & §P§ & §Q§ & §R§ & §S§ & §T§ & §U§ & §V§ & §W§ & §X§ & §Y§ & §Z§ \\ %KT: fraktur J eingefügt
- \\ 
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lccclc}
-umlaut \hspace{8mm} & \fraktur{ä} & \fraktur{ö} & \fraktur{ü} & \hspace{30mm} sharp s  & \fraktur{ß} \\[2mm]
-& §ä§ & §ö§ & §ü§ && §ß§ \\[1mm]
-& \xs{U+00E4} & \xs{U+00F6} & \xs{U+00FC} && \xs{U+00DF} \\ \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{note}
-Umlaut may also be indicated by two dots above the letter as in normal roman font: \,\textswab{\Large  "a "o "u}.
-\end{note}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-If a paragraph in Fraktur contains single words in roman characters, they are marked by §<rom> </rom>§ (see \sect{section words in roman characters})
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Ligatures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Resolve common Fraktur ligatures silently.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, common Fraktur ligatures]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lccccccccccc} \\
-separate & \fraktur{ff} & \fraktur{fi} & \fraktur{fl} & \fraktur{ft} & \fraktur{ss} & \fraktur{sf} & \fraktur{si} & \fraktur{st} & \fraktur{ch} & \fraktur{ck} & \fraktur{tz} \\[2mm]
-ligatures & \fraktur{\tld} & \fraktur{[} & \fraktur{\{} & \fraktur{\_} & \fraktur{\%} & \fraktur{]} & \fraktur{\}} & \fraktur{|} & \fraktur{\#} & \fraktur{\$} & \fraktur{@} \\[2mm]
- & §ff§ & §fi§ & §fl§ & §ft§ & §$$§ & §$f§ & §$i§ & §$t§ & §ch§ & §ck§ & §tz§ \\ \\ 
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-%(Lichtenberg 1803: additional ligature ll would be a Special Instruction)
-
-%(Does it make sense at all to list additional ligatures, e.g. §{der}§? In the book where it is used it is very common, although the normal §der§ is also used. But I have seen it only in this one book yet. Better as a Special Instruction?)
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Punctuation and Hyphens}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-The rules for punctuation, hyphens and dashes in \sect{section latin general} apply.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The most common hyphen symbol in Fraktur is \fraktur{=}. It is also used in composite words. Do not type a space before or after the hyphen.
-\end{clarification}
-
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{example}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\fraktur{Prie|er {\huge =} Despotie} \qquad \fraktur{.\, ,\, :\, ;\, !\, ?\, ( )}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-Prie$ter-De$potie      . , : ; ! ? ( )
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Example Transcriptions of Text in Fraktur}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1]{width=12cm}{bernstein1216_672}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p fr>}Newton hat aber noch mehr entdeckt. Er hat durch Rech- \\
-nungen nachgewie$en, daß man genau aus der Umlaufszeit \\
-eines Planeten bewei$en kann, wie $tark die Anziehungskraft \\
-der Sonne auf ihn wirkt. I$t nämlich die Anziehungskraft \\
-$tark, $o wird $ein Umlauf $chnell $ein; i$t die Anziehungs- \\
-kraft $chwach, $o wird ein Planet lang$amer um die Sonne \\
-laufen.\bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-%\mehrzeilen
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 2]{width=12cm}{adams_29}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p fr>}Der innere we$entliche Unter$chied zwi$chen elektri- \\
-$chen und nicht-elektri$chen Körpern gehört zu den noch \\
-unentdeckten Geheimni$$en der Natur. Nur $oviel i$t \\
-ausgemacht, daß das leitende Vermögen der Körper eini- \\
-germaßen von der Wärme abhängt, oder durch die$elbe \\
-verändert wird. Glas, Harz und viele andere elektrische \\
-Körper werden durch die Hitze in Leiter verwandlet; da \\
-hingegen die Kälte, wenn nur keine Feuchtigkeit dabey \\
-i$t, alle elektri$che Sub$tanzen noch $tärker elektri$ch \\
-macht.\bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 3]{cardano_226}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p fr>}Die weil aber nitt geleich volget wann $ie geberen/ daß $ie auch einerley \\
-thier $eyend/ als in den ro$$en vnd e$$len be$chicht/ wöllen wir l\li{uo}gen ob die \\
-$o gehoren $eind/ etwas verletzet werden/ wie die maul thier. dañ $ie werden \\
-auß zweyerley arten geboren. Wölche aber wider geberen/ die $eind auß ge \\
-leicher art geboren/ als auß einem hund vnd fuchs. Wir mü$$end auch die \\
-be$ondere würckungen ergründen/ als wann ein hund ein be$ondere nei- \\
-gung z\li{uo} dem menschen/ daß roß hatt $ein be$onder ge$chrey/ der pfauw ri- \\
-chtet $ein $chwantz auff in ein ring/ der men$ch i$t allein mitt vernunfft be- \\
-gabt.\bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{note}
-The last example has a few peculiarities: There is a letter variation of the letter r in “gehoren” in the third line. The text contains both \textswab{\Large  *u} and \textswab{\Large  "u}, which are both transcribed as §ü§, whereas the “u with o above” is transcribed as §{uo}§. The slash “§/§” stands for the comma, thus there is a space after §/§ but no space before §/§ in the transcription.
-\end{note}
-
-
-%\tocspace
-%\subsection{Type Styles}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Sperrung}
-\label{section sperrung}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Words or groups of words in Sperrung, i.e. words with extra space between each letter, are marked by §<sp> </sp>§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not type the spaces in the words in Sperrung.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=12cm}{sperrung}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p fr>}Das Mei$terwerk, das der Men$ch mit zur Welt bringt, \\
-i$t das \bold{<sp>}Auge\bold{</sp>}; das Kun$twerk, das er dem Auge ähnlich her- \\
-vorbringt, i$t die \bold{<sp>}Kamera-Obscura\bold{</sp>}. Wir wollen $ie nun \\
-beide näher kennen lernen, um $ie vergleichend neben einander \\
-$tellen zu können.\bold{<p fr>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Words in Roman Characters}
-\label{section words in roman characters}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Within a paragraph or whole page in Fraktur, single words in roman characters are marked by  §<rom> </rom>§. A whole paragraph in roman characters is marked by §<p rom>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Words in Greek are not explicitly marked.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=8cm}{rom_tag_3}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p fr>}Blume der Wie$en-Salbei \bold{<rom>}(Salvia \\
-pratensis)\bold{</rom>} $chwach vergrößert.\bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\section{Mathematics}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Mathematical Symbols}
-\label{section mathematical symbols}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type common mathematical symbol directly as Unicode characters.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, common mathematical symbols]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & ′ & ″ & ± & \unicode{∴} & ° & ∞ & · & ÷ & √ & Ŗ \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+2032} & \xs{U+2033} & \xs{U+00B1} & \xs{U+2234} & \xs{U+00B0} & \xs{U+221E} & \xs{U+00F7} & \xs{U+00B7} & \xs{U+221A} & \xs{U+0156} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\begin{note}
-Type the Greek punctuation mark §·§ directly as Unicode character U+0387 (see \sect{section greek punctuation}).
-\end{note}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Fractions}
-\label{section fractions}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type fractions in one line. Use § {  /  } § to mark beginning, fraction line and ending.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{height=15mm}{fraction}
-
-\begin{typeMath}
-à 3 \{1417203/9999999\}.
-\end{typeMath}
-
-If you are unsure whether this is a single fraction $\frac{1417203}{9999999}$, type it as separate fractions:
-
-\begin{typeMath}
-à 3 \{1/9\} \{4/9\} \{1/9\} \{7/9\} \{2/9\} \{0/9\} \{3/9\}.
-\end{typeMath}
-
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Roots}
-\label{section roots}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Roots are marked by §√{ }§. If there is a number or letter above the root symbol, type it in square brackets after after the §√§, e.g. §√[3]§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The root symbol §√§ has the Unicode codepoint U+221A. 
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Roots consist of a root symbol followed by an overlined mathematical term. The overline may or may not be connected to the root symbol. 
-If the overline is missing, type only the root symbol without §{ }§. 
-If there is no root symbol but you can still identify the overline as a root, insert §√§. If you are not sure whether the overline is part of a root, do not insert §√§ and use §<ol> </ol>§ for the overline (see \sect{section underlines and overlines}).
-\end{clarification}
-
-%\newpage
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, how to type a root]
-
-\vspace{-1mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}cc@{\qquad}l@{\qquad}l}
-root symbol & overline & & \\[2mm]
-yes & yes & §√{ }§ & (see example 1) \\[1mm]
-yes & no & §√§ & (see example 2) \\[1mm]
-no & yes & §√{ }§ or § <ol> </ol>§ & (see example 3) \\
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\vspace{7mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 1: \, root symbol with unconnected overline]{width=10cm}{root_huygens2_218}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-√\bold{\{_}mm\bold{_} - \bold{_}o x\bold{_} + \bold{\{_}ppxx\bold{_} / \bold{_}gg\bold{_\} \}}, ut oportebat. \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 2: \, root symbol without overline]{width=5cm}{root_belidor_p161}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-MP = y = \bold{\{} √ bb; \bold{/} 2 \bold{\}} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-%\begin{note}
-%If the overline is missing, type only the root symbol without §{ }§.
-%\end{note}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[ 3: \, overline without and with root symbol]{root_musschen_625}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} \someText
-cetur AD aut DB, \bold{_}r\bold{_}. BG $it = \bold{_}x\bold{_}. eritque FG\bold{<^>}q\bold{</^>} = 2 \bold{_}r x\bold{_} - \bold{_}x x\bold{_}, unde \\
-Cubus FG = √\bold{\{}2 \bold{_}rx\bold{_} - \bold{_}xx\bold{_}\bold{\}} \bold{<001>} √\bold{\{}2 \bold{_}rx\bold{_} - \bold{_}xx\bold{_}.\bold{\}} & Cubus AD = \bold{_}r\bold{_<^>}3\bold{</^>}. qua- \\
-re Cohærentia ba$eos ADC e$t ad eam ba$eos FGE uti \bold{_}r\bold{_}\bold{<^>}3\bold{</^>} ad \\
-\someText \bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{note}
-If you are not sure whether the first overline is part of a root, type §<ol>2 _rx_ - _xx_</ol>§.
-\end{note}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[ 4: \, third root]{width=5cm}{root3_bernoulli_216}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-D √[3] \bold{_}s\bold{_} - \bold{_}d\bold{_} ad D - \bold{_}d\bold{_}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-
-\section{Miscellaneous Symbols}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type common symbols directly as Unicode characters.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Astronomy and Astrology}
-\label{section astronomy}
-
-%\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[ 1: \, planet symbols]
-
-\vspace{-7mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & \unicode{☿} & \unicode{♀} & \unicode{♁} & \unicode{♂} & \unicode{♃} & \unicode{♄} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+263F} & \xs{U+2640} & \xs{U+2641} & \xs{U+2642} & \xs{U+2643} & \xs{U+2644} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[ 2: \, zodiac symbols]
-
-\vspace{-7mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & \unicode{♈} & \unicode{♉} & \unicode{♊} & \unicode{♋} & \unicode{♌} & \unicode{♍} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+2648} & \xs{U+2649} & \xs{U+264A} & \xs{U+264B} & \xs{U+264C} & \xs{U+264D} \\[4mm]
-symbol & \unicode{♎} & \unicode{♏} & \unicode{♐} & \unicode{♑} & \unicode{♒} & \unicode{♓} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+264E} & \xs{U+264F} & \xs{U+2650} & \xs{U+2651} & \xs{U+2652} & \xs{U+2653} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\tocspace
-\subsection{Technical Symbols}
-\label{section technical symbols}
-
-%\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, technical symbols]
-
-\vspace{-7mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
-symbol & \unicode{℞} \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+211E} \\[2mm]
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/abbreviations.tex
--- a/DESpecs/abbreviations.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\usepackage{xspace} \xspaceaddexceptions{”}
-\usepackage{ifthen}
-
-\newcommand{\ch}[1]		{chapter~\ref{#1}}
-\newcommand{\sect}[1]		{section~\ref{#1}}
-\newcommand{\fig}[1]		{figure~\vref{#1}}
-\newcommand{\Fig}[1]		{Figure~\vref{#1}}
-\newcommand{\tbl}[1]		{table~\vref{#1}}
-
-\newcommand{\ie}			{i.e. }
-\newcommand{\eg}			{e.g. }
-
-\newcommand{\qq}			{\qquad}
-
-\newcommand{\spitz}[1]		{\ensuremath{\langle}#1\ensuremath{\rangle}}
-
-\newcommand{\mehrzeilen}[1][1]{\enlargethispage{#1\baselineskip}}
-
-
-% Zeilenabstand
-
-\usepackage{setspace} 
-\newenvironment{enum}{\begin{enumerate} \singlespacing} {\end{enumerate}}
-\newenvironment{items}{\begin{itemize} \singlespacing} {\end{itemize}}
-
-
-% verbatim
-
-\usepackage{verbatim}
-
-\usepackage{alltt}
-\newcommand{\klein}{\small}
-\newenvironment{exakt}[1][\small]{\singlespacing#1\begin{alltt}}{\end{alltt}}
-
-\usepackage{shortvrb}
-\MakeShortVerb{\§}
-
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\newcommand{\bold}{\textbf}
-\newcommand{\li}[1]{\bold{\{}#1\bold{\}}}
-
-\newcommand{\xs}{\scriptsize}
-\newcommand{\s}{\footnotesize}
-
-%
-
-\newcommand{\bs}{\textbackslash}
-\newcommand{\tld}{\textasciitilde}
-
-\newcommand{\tocspace}{\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\vspace{1mm}}}
-
-\newcommand{\unicode}[1]{{\fontspec{Apple Symbols}{\Large #1}}}
-\newcommand{\§}{{\char"00A7}}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-\newcommand{\htsc}[1]{\emph{#1}}
-\newcommand{\lig}[1]{\fontspec{Hoefler Text}{\Large #1}}
-\newcommand{\fraktur}[1]{{\fontspec{BreitkopfFraktur}{\LARGE #1}}}
-
-%
-
-\newenvironment{mainrule}{}{}
-\newenvironment{mainruleLessImportant}{}{}
-\newenvironment{clarification}{\s}{}
-\newenvironment{exception}{\htsc{Exception:}}{}
-\newenvironment{note}{\textbf{Please note:}}{}
-\newenvironment{crossref}{\s\ensuremath{\longrightarrow}}{}
-
-%
-
-\newenvironment{sampleImage}[2][]{\parbox{\linewidth}{{\htsc{Example#1}} \\[3mm] \includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{#2}}}{}
-\newenvironment{sampleImageSmall}[3][]{\parbox{\linewidth}{{\htsc{Example#1}} \\[3mm] \includegraphics[#2]{#3}}}{}
-
-\newenvironment{example}[1][]{\htsc{Example#1} \\}{}
-\newenvironment{exampleTest}[2][]{\parbox{\linewidth}{\htsc{Example #1} \\[3mm] #2}}{} % ??
-
-\newenvironment{liste}[1][]{\htsc{List#1} \\}{}
-\newenvironment{tabelle}[1][]{\htsc{Table#1} \\}{}
-
-%
-
-\newenvironment{typeLatin}{\begin{alltt}\s\begin{tabular}{@{}l}}{\end{tabular}\end{alltt}}
-
-\newfontfamily{\greek}[Scale=0.95]{Courier New} 
-\newenvironment{typeGreek}{\begin{alltt}\greek\s\begin{tabular}{@{}l}}{\end{tabular}\end{alltt}}
-
-\newenvironment{typeMath}{\begin{alltt}\begin{tabular}{l}}{\end{tabular}\end{alltt}}
-
-%
-
-\newfontfamily{\muh}[Scale=0.9]{DejaVu Serif} 
-\newcommand{\someText}{...} % {{\muh\textit{(some text)}}} 
-\newcommand{\untranscribedText}{...} % {{\muh\textit{(some untranscribed text)}}}
-\newcommand{\notTranscribed}{{\muh\textit{(not transcribed)}}} 
-\newcommand{\missingText}[1]{{\muh\textit{(#1)}}}
-
-%% Chinese bits
-\newenvironment{typeChinese}{\begin{alltt}\s\begin{tabular}{@{}l}}{\end{tabular}\end{alltt}}
-
-\newcommand{\chin}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtA}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\sunExtA}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtA}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\sunExtB}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtB}{#1}}}
-
-\newcommand{\mincho}[1]{{\fontspec{MS Mincho}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\hira}[1]{{\fontspec{HiraMinPro-W3}{#1}}}
-
-\newcommand{\f}[1]{\bold{#1}} % f für fett
-\newcommand{\z}[1]{\chin{#1}} % z für Zeichen
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/Euklid1996_p266.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/Euklid1996_p266.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/Specs-Bild1_2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/Specs-Bild1_2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21a1.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21a1.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21a2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21a2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21a3.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21a3.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21a4.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21a4.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b1.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b1.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b10.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b10.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b4.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b4.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b5.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b5.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b6.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b6.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b7.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b7.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b8.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b8.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b9.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21b9.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21c1.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21c1.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d1.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d1.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d3.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d3.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d4.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d4.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d5.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d5.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d6.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d6.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d7.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21d7.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21e1.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21e1.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21e2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21e2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21h1.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21h1.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21h2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21h2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21h3.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21h3.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21n1.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21n1.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21n2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21n2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21n3.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21n3.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21n4.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21n4.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21n5.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21n5.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21r1.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21r1.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21r2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chin21r2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chinese_rh_1.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chinese_rh_1.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chinese_rh_2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chinese_rh_2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chinese_rh_3a.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chinese_rh_3a.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chinese_rh_3b.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/chinese_rh_3b.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/figure_14_33teil1.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/figure_14_33teil1.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/figure_14_33teil2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/figure_14_33teil2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/hd_tian_p23.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/hd_tian_p23.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-a.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-a.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-b2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-b2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-c.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-c.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-d.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-d.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-e.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-e.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-f.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-f.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-g.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-g.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-h.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-h.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-j.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/iso-j.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p32_2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p32_2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p43.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p43.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p5.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p5.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p73.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p73.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p74_neu.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p74_neu.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p74_unclear.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text14p74_unclear.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text16p69.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text16p69.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text17-1p11.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text17-1p11.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text17-1p15_klein.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text17-1p15_klein.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text17-1p7.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text17-1p7.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text18-1p2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text18-1p2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text18-1p24.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/text18-1p24.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/tian_p18.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/tian_p18.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/unknown_chinese_character2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/unknown_chinese_character2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/unreadable.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/unreadable.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/variante.png
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/variante.png has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/xing_jing_p39.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/xing_jing_p39.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/chinese/yin1_p27.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/chinese/yin1_p27.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/En_G.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/En_G.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/Pappus_large_spaces.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/Pappus_large_spaces.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/accessione.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/accessione.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/adams_29.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/adams_29.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/aeqtildeles.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/aeqtildeles.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ai.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ai.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/and.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/and.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/apo_SL_G.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/apo_SL_G.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/bacon_253.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/bacon_253.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/belidor_683.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/belidor_683.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/bernstein1216_672.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/bernstein1216_672.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/bettertable9.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/bettertable9.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/bsp_gaptag_circumcised.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/bsp_gaptag_circumcised.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/bsp_handwrittenmargin_2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/bsp_handwrittenmargin_2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/bsp_ligss_benedetti_13.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/bsp_ligss_benedetti_13.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/bsp_ligst_benedetti_13.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/bsp_ligst_benedetti_13.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/cardano_226.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/cardano_226.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/catchword_signature_neu.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/catchword_signature_neu.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/chr.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/chr.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/colnr.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/colnr.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/continuo.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/continuo.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/di_A.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/di_A.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/dia_G.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/dia_G.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/do.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/do.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/dotlessi_euclidclavius_13.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/dotlessi_euclidclavius_13.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/dr.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/dr.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/duoque.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/duoque.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ei.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ei.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/en_SL.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/en_SL.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/eogonek.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/eogonek.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/epi_SL_G.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/epi_SL_G.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/eu.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/eu.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/euclid_wholepage_3.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/euclid_wholepage_3.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/euklid_gr_lat_p25_2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/euklid_gr_lat_p25_2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/fig_sans_3.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/fig_sans_3.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/fraction.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/fraction.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/gE.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/gE.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/gO.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/gO.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/gallac_91.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/gallac_91.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ghetaldi_p79_tabelle.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ghetaldi_p79_tabelle.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ghetaldi_table.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ghetaldi_table.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/gr.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/gr.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/greek_text_with_ligatures.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/greek_text_with_ligatures.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/hyphen_doppelt_schraeg.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/hyphen_doppelt_schraeg.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/hyphen_normal.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/hyphen_normal.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ij_ligatur.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ij_ligatur.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/imageleftandright_4.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/imageleftandright_4.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/is_ligature.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/is_ligature.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/italics_intwolines.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/italics_intwolines.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/kai_G.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/kai_G.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ko.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ko.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ll.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ll.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/longs_p_slash.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/longs_p_slash.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/longsm_secundum.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/longsm_secundum.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/men.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/men.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/men_A.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/men_A.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/meta_G.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/meta_G.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/mkbsp_footer_benedetti.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/mkbsp_footer_benedetti.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/mkbsp_handdrawing_euclid_515.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/mkbsp_handdrawing_euclid_515.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/mkbsp_helptag.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/mkbsp_helptag.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/mkbsp_marginalnote_big_benedetti.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/mkbsp_marginalnote_big_benedetti.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/mo.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/mo.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_footnote2_euclid_264.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_footnote2_euclid_264.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_headings_euclid_233.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_headings_euclid_233.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_hyphen_single_slanted.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_hyphen_single_slanted.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_imagewcaption.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_imagewcaption.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_kursiv2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_kursiv2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_mark_anchor_marg_.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_mark_anchor_marg_.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_mark_dropcap_orna.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_mark_dropcap_orna.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_mark_dropcap_unorna.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_mark_dropcap_unorna.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_mark_marginalnote_coimbricenses_232.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_mark_marginalnote_coimbricenses_232.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_mark_pagenumber_runninghead.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_mark_pagenumber_runninghead.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_punctuation.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_punctuation.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_roemische_seitenzahl.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/montag_roemische_seitenzahl.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_ct.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_ct.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_fi.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_fi.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_longsi.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_longsi.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_longssi.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_longssi.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_que.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_que.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_quod.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_quod.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_st.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/neulig_st.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ou.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ou.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/overlines.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/overlines.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/p-.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/p-.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/p.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/p.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/p_stroke.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/p_stroke.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/pa.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/pa.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/paragraph_benedetti_299.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/paragraph_benedetti_299.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/po.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/po.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/pro.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/pro.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/probo.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/probo.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/psi.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/psi.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/punktuation_2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/punktuation_2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/q3.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/q3.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/q3tilde.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/q3tilde.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/qmitkreis.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/qmitkreis.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/qmitslash.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/qmitslash.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/queogonek.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/queogonek.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/quotation_2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/quotation_2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/red_euclid_5enhanced.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/red_euclid_5enhanced.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ri.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ri.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/rom_tag_3.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/rom_tag_3.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/root3_bernoulli_216.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/root3_bernoulli_216.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/root_belidor_p161.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/root_belidor_p161.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/root_huygens2_218.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/root_huygens2_218.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/root_musschen_625.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/root_musschen_625.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/si.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/si.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/sk.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/sk.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/small_caps_euclid_515.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/small_caps_euclid_515.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/sperrung.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/sperrung.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/st.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/st.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/sti.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/sti.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/sto.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/sto.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/tEn_G.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/tEn_G.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/tOn_C.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/tOn_C.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/t_with_curly_bar.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/t_with_curly_bar.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ta.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ta.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/table_benedetti_439_2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/table_benedetti_439_2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/te.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/te.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/tha.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/tha.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/the.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/the.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/three_columns.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/three_columns.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ti.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ti.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/ti_A.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/ti_A.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/to.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/to.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/tr.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/tr.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/un.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/un.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/upo_SA_G.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/upo_SA_G.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/voltaire_156.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/voltaire_156.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/wholepagecolumns2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/wholepagecolumns2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/bilder/western/zubler_43_2.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/bilder/western/zubler_43_2.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/skripte/create_overview_text.pl
--- a/DESpecs/skripte/create_overview_text.pl	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
-use strict;
-use warnings;
-
-#
-# create_overview_text2.pl
-#
-# Wolfgang Schmidle, 2008-10-06
-#
-
-
-my @datei;
-
-while (<>)
-{
-	push @datei, $_;
-}
-
-
-# Bestimme die neuen Dateinamen:
-# Aus "dateiname.tex" wird "dateiname_overview.tex".
-# Wenn der alte Dateiname nicht auf ".tex" endet, wird einfach "_neu.tex" angehängt.
-
-$_ = $ARGV;
-/^(.+?)(\.TEX|\.tex)?$/;
-my $neuerDateiname = "$1_overview.tex";
-
-
-my @neueDatei;
-
-my $sollweg = 0;
-my $leerzeile = 0;
-
-my $unwichtig = ' mainruleLessImportant clarification note ';
-$unwichtig .= ' example exampleTest sampleImage smallSampleImage ';
-$unwichtig .= ' crossref exception ';
-$unwichtig .= ' tabelle liste ';
-
-foreach (@datei)
-{
-	next if (/^%/ && !(/%!TEX/)); # remove comment lines, keep the header lines,
-	s/\.tex/_overview.tex/;       # but add _overview to the reference
-	
-	next if /^\\vspace/;
-	next if /^\\tocspace/;
-	next if /^\\clearpage/;
-	next if /^\\mehrzeilen/;
-
-	s/^%overview //;    # commands for the overview document 
-						# that are ignored in the main document
-
-	# remove all unwanted enviromnents, e.g. clarification
-	if (/\\begin\{(.+?)\}/)
-	{
-		if ($unwichtig =~ / $1 /) { $sollweg = 1; }
-	}		
-	unless ($sollweg)
-	{
-		if (/^ *$/) { $leerzeile++; } else { $leerzeile = 0; }
-		push @neueDatei, $_ unless $leerzeile > 1;
-	}
-	if (/\\end\{(.+?)\}/)
-	{
-		if ($unwichtig =~ / $1 /) { $sollweg = 0; }
-	}
-}
-
-for my $i (0..$#neueDatei-2)
-{
-	my $offset = 2;
-	$_ = $neueDatei[$i+1];
-	if (/\\label/) { $offset++; }
-	
-	$_ = $neueDatei[$i];
-	if (/\\section/)
-	{
-		$_ = $neueDatei[$i+$offset];
-		if (/^ *$/ || /\\section/)
-		{
-#			$neueDatei[$i] =~ s/\{(.+?)\}/\{($1)\}/;
-			$neueDatei[$i] = "% $neueDatei[$i]";
-			$neueDatei[$i] .= '\refstepcounter{section}';
-			$neueDatei[$i] .= "\n";	
-		}
-	} 
-	else 
-	{
-		if (/\\subsection/)
-		{
-			$_ = $neueDatei[$i+$offset];
-			if (/^ *$/ || /\\section/ || /\\subsection/)
-			{
-#				$neueDatei[$i] =~ s/\{(.+?)\}/\{($1)\}/;
-				$neueDatei[$i] = "% $neueDatei[$i]";
-				$neueDatei[$i] .= '\refstepcounter{subsection}';
-				$neueDatei[$i] .= "\n";	
-			}
-		} 
-		else 
-		{
-			if (/\\subsubsection/)
-			{
-				$_ = $neueDatei[$i+$offset];
-				if (/^ *$/ || /\\section/ || /\\subsection/ || /\\subsubsection/)
-				{
-#					$neueDatei[$i] =~ s/\{(.+?)\}/\{($1)\}/;
-				$neueDatei[$i] = "% $neueDatei[$i]";
-				$neueDatei[$i] .= '\refstepcounter{subsubsection}';
-				$neueDatei[$i] .= "\n";	
-				}
-			}
-		}
-	}
-}
-
-# Schreibe das Ergebnis in die Datei $neuerDateiname im gleichen Verzeichnis wie die alte Datei. 
-# Eine bereits vorhandene Datei mit gleichem Namen wird ohne Warnung überschrieben.
-
-open (NEUEDATEI, ">$neuerDateiname");
-print NEUEDATEI @neueDatei;
-close (NEUEDATEI);
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/skripte/wie_man_alle_Versionen_der_DESpecs_erstellt.txt
--- a/DESpecs/skripte/wie_man_alle_Versionen_der_DESpecs_erstellt.txt	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-1_1_with_appendix: mit Zeile \input{DESpecs_1_1_appendix_part2} in DESpecs
-
-1_1: ohne diese Zeile
-
-1_1_appendix: manuell Kopie von 1_1_with_appendix erstellen, alle Seiten vor Appendix C löschen
-
-1_1_overview: Kopie von DESpecs_1_1_appendix_part1 mit Zusatz _overview, dort manuell das erste \newpage löschen (das kann sich in späteren Versionen wieder ändern!) 
-
---> Nur die letzten drei Versionen hochladen!
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-10-24_DESpecs_special_Conimbricenses/DESpecs_special_Conimbricenses.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-10-24_DESpecs_special_Conimbricenses/DESpecs_special_Conimbricenses.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../bilder/}}
-\graphicspath{{./bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../abbreviations}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for “Conimbricenses”
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to Data Entry Specs 1.1.2) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-\section{Text Flows}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Text flows are marked by §<tf>§ and §</tf>§. The text flow in italics has the number 1, i.e. §<tf 1>§, and the other text flow has the number 2, i.e. §<tf 2>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the §<tf>§ and §</tf>§ tags on separate lines. On each page, type the first text flow before the second text flow.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[1: \, two real pages]{conimbricenses_final_ds706707_white15}
-
-\notTranscribed
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{note}
-Both text flows have separate catchwords, which should not be typed. Each text flow may have its own marginal notes; type them according to the rules in section 2.4.1 in the main Data Entry Specs. 
-\end{note}
-
-%\begin{sampleImage}[2: \, how to type text flows]{textflows_words2}
-%\begin{sampleImage}[2: \, how to type text flows]{two_textflows.pdf}
-
-\begin{example}[2: \, how to type text flows]
-
-\includegraphics[width=12cm]{two_textflows.png}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb>} \\
-normal text \\
-\bold{<tf 1 it>} \\
-text flow 1 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\
-\bold{<tf 2>} \\
-text flow 2 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\ \\
-\bold{<pb>} \\
-\bold{<tf 1 it>} \\
-continuation of \\ 
-text flow 1 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\
-\bold{<tf 2>} \\
-continuation of \\ 
-text flow 2 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-\section{Anchored Comments}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Anchored comments are marked by §<ac> </ac>§. The anchor is treated like a footnote symbol, i.e. it is marked by §<n>§ in the first text flow and it is typed inside the §<ac>§ tag in the second text flow. In the second text flow, type the text after the anchor up to the~§]§ between §<ac>§ and §</ac>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The anchor symbol in the first text flow may have an additional §¶§, e.g. §¶ a§ in the first text flow and §a§ in the second text flow. The anchors in the two text flows may not be on the same page.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}{anchorednote_conim_395}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tf 1 it>} \\
-\bold{<h>_}CAPVT X.\bold{_</h>} \\
-\bold{<p>}D \bold{<n} a\bold{>} E oppo$itis autem, quot modis opponi $oleant, de-\\
-inceps dicend\~u e$$e videtur. \bold{<n} ¶ b\bold{>} Oppo$ita nanq; mo\\
-dis quatuor opponi dicuntur: aut vt ea quæ $unt ad\\
-aliquid: aut vt contraria, aut vt habitus, & priua-\\
-tio, aut vt affirmatio atq; negatio. Atq; vt in $umma dicam du-\\
-plum, & dimidium, vt ea, quæ $unt ad aliquid: bonum & mal\~u,\\
-vti contraria: cæcitas atque vi$us, vt habitus, & priuatio: $edere, \\
-\someText\bold{</p>} \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\
-\bold{<tf 2>} \\
-\bold{<h>}COMMENTARIVS.\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<p>}\bold{<ac} a\bold{> _}De oppo$itis autem.\bold{_}]\bold{</ac>} \\
-Hæc e$t tertia, & vlti-\\
-ma pars huius tractatus\\
-in qua nonnulla declarã\\
-tur, quorum mentio in\\
-tradendis prædicamen-\\
-tis facta e$t, & plenior\~e\\
-de$iderabant explicat\~u;\\
-hæc $unt contraria, qu\li{ae} \\
-\someText\bold{</p>} \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-%\someText \\
-%\bold{<n} ¶ c\bold{>} Sunt autem habitus quidem, & di$po$itiones: di$po$itiones ve \\
-%\someText \\ 
-%\bold{<tf 2>} \\
-%\someText \\
-%\bold{<p><ac} c\bold{> _}Sunt autem habitus.\bold{_}]\bold{</ac>} Communis etc. \\
-%\someText \\
-
-\begin{note}
-The anchored comment itself is typed after §</ac>§ tag.
-\end{note}
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-10-24_DESpecs_special_Conimbricenses/bilder/anchorednote_conim_395.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-10-24_DESpecs_special_Conimbricenses/bilder/anchorednote_conim_395.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-10-24_DESpecs_special_Conimbricenses/bilder/conimbricenses_final_ds706707_white15.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-10-24_DESpecs_special_Conimbricenses/bilder/conimbricenses_final_ds706707_white15.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-10-24_DESpecs_special_Conimbricenses/bilder/two_textflows.png
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-10-24_DESpecs_special_Conimbricenses/bilder/two_textflows.png has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-11-13_tables/DESpecs_special_tables.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-11-13_tables/DESpecs_special_tables.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{./Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{abbreviations/abbreviations}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Tables
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to Data Entry Specs 1.1.2) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-\section{Ghetaldi 1603}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 1. In the case of a table element that spans more than one cell, repeat the symbol §#§ before the table element for each cell spanned by the element, e.g. §####§ for an element spanning four cells. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not type spaces between the §#§ symbols in this case. This rule applies even if the spanning element is the first element in a table row.
\end{clarification}
-
\begin{note}
-In all other cases there should be a space before and after each §#§ symbol.
-\end{note}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 2. Within tables cells, if text is broken into separate lines, do not type a return after the lines. Instead, type §\\§ followed by a space to separate the lines.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{example}[: \, Ghetaldi p. 79]
-
-% \vspace{-5mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tb>} \\
-\bold{#######} Tabula ad inueniendam qualitatem \bold{\bs\bs} Auri, ex grauitate quam ha- \bold{\bs\bs} bet in aere & aqua. \\
Qualitas Auri. \bold{#} Grauitas Auri in aere. \bold{####} Grauitas Auri in Aqua. \bold{#} Mi$t\~u ex Arg. \bold{\bs\bs} & ære. \\
Part. \bold{#} Lib. \bold{#} Vnc. \bold{#} Scrup. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num. Fract. \bold{#} Part. \\
24 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 20. \bold{#} 372 \bold{#} 0 \\
23 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 5. \bold{#} 765 \bold{#} 1 \\
\\\someText \\ \\
-1 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 10. \bold{#} 18. \bold{#} 16. \bold{#} 576 \bold{#} 23 \\
0 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 10. \bold{#} 18. \bold{#} 1. \bold{#} 969 \bold{#} 24 \\
Part. \bold{#} Lib. \bold{###} Communis Denomin. fract. \bold{#} 1767 \bold{#} Part. \\
\bold{</tb>} \\
\bold{<tb>} \\
-\bold{###} Tabella Partis pro \bold{\bs\bs} portionalis Deno- \bold{\bs\bs} minatorum Auri. \\
Pars proportio \bold{\bs\bs} nalis Auri in \bold{\bs\bs} partibus. 24. \bold{##} Differ\~etia Gra \bold{\bs\bs} uitatum Auri \bold{\bs\bs} in aqua. \\
Part. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num: Fract. \\
1 \bold{#} 0. \bold{#} 1088 \\
2 \bold{#} 1. \bold{#} 409 \\
\\\someText \\ \\
-23 \bold{#} 14. \bold{#} 286 \\
24 \bold{#} 14. \bold{#} 1374 \\
Part. \bold{##} Denom. Fract. com. \bold{\bs\bs} 1767 \\
\bold{</tb>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\section{Stevin 1605}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type structures as the one on p. 9/10 as a table with three columns.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\section{Euclid 1607}
-
-All three examples are taken from p.506. Examples 1 and 3 cannot be easily represented as tables and should be typed as normal text. Example 2 should be typed as a table.
-
-\begin{example}[1]
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}9 8 \\
18 17 16 \\
27 26 25 24 \\
36 35 34 33 32 \\
45 44 43 42 41 40 \\
54 53 52 51 50 49 48 \\
63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56\bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
\begin{example}[2]
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tb>} \\
-Ordo propor. \bold{\bs\bs} $uperquadr. \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 2 \bold{#} 3 \bold{#} 4 \bold{#} 5 \bold{#} 6 \bold{#} 7 \bold{#} 8 \bold{#} &c. \\
Multit. med. \bold{\bs\bs} numerorum.. \bold{#} 3 \bold{#} 7 \bold{#} 11 \bold{#} 15 \bold{#} 19 \bold{#} 23 \bold{#} 27 \bold{#} 31 \bold{#} &c. \\
\bold{</tb>} \\
\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
\begin{example}[3]
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}11. 10. 9. 8. 7.  \\
22. 21. 20. 19. 18. 17. 16. 15. 14.  \\
33. 32. 31. 30. 29. 28. 27. 26. 25. 24. 23. 22. 21.  \\
44. 43. 42. 41. 40. 39. 38. 37. 36. 35. 34. 33. 32. 31. 30. 29. 28\bold{</p>}  \\
\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-%\begin{note}
-%In the examples in these Special Instructions, the §<tb>§ and §</tb>§ are typed on separate lines. We will make this a general rule in a future version of the Data Entry Specs.
-%\end{note}
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-11-24_DEspecs_special_batch3/DESpecs_special_batch3.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-11-24_DEspecs_special_batch3/DESpecs_special_batch3.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{./Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{abbreviations/abbreviations}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Barrow 1674 and Clavius 1586
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to Data Entry Specs 1.1.2) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-\section{Barrow 1674}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 1: If a formula contains curly braces followed by text that is broken into separate lines, do not type a return after the lines. Instead, type §\\§ to separate the lines.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-%\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{example}[1: \, Barrow p. 115]
-
-\vspace{-5mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-fiat \{ I - R. I:: B C. B Z; \& \bold{\bs\bs} I. R:: D Z. D Y.
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-%\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{example}[2: \, Barrow p. 120]
-
-\vspace{-5mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-In vitro, $i C B = 15, erit \{ Z C = 9 \bold{\bs\bs} Z B = 24 \} & \{ A Z = 16. \bold{\bs\bs} A B = 40.
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 2: Type \, \includegraphics[height=5mm]{Barrow_kuerzer} \, as §--]§ and \, \includegraphics[height=5mm]{Barrow_laenger} \, as §[--§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-
-\section{Clavius 1586}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 1. In the case of a table element that spans more than one cell, repeat the symbol §#§ before the table element for each cell spanned by the element, e.g. §####§ for an element spanning four cells. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not type spaces between the §#§ symbols in this case. This rule applies even if the spanning element is the first element in a table row.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{note}
-In all other cases there should be a space before and after each §#§ symbol.
-\end{note}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 2. Within tables cells, if text is broken into separate lines, do not type a return after the lines. Instead, type §\\§ followed by a space to separate the lines.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-%\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{example}[: \, Clavius p. 11]
-
-\vspace{-5mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<tb>} \\
-\someText \\
-44. \bold{#} 20. \bold{#} Quod $secundo loco \bold{#} Quod primo loco \\
-47. \bold{###} Secunda figura cum prima paginæ 48. locum permutet. \\
-48. \bold{###} Prima figura \someText in tertio ca$u de- \bs\bs mon$trationis \someText paginæ 48. \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</tb>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-%48. \bold{###} Prima figure cum $ecunda paginæ 47. locum permutet: & in tertio ca$u de- \bs\bs mon$trationis adhibeatur $secunda figura paginæ 48. \\
-
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Rule 3. In the tables on pp. 144 - 179 and pp. 214 - 303, do not type the vertical text.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-12-11_DESpecs_1_2_chinese_special/DESpecs_1_2_chinese_special.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-12-11_DESpecs_1_2_chinese_special/DESpecs_1_2_chinese_special.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{./Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{abbreviations/abbreviations_test}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-%Data Entry Specs 1.2 \\[3mm]
-%\Large Special Instructions for Chinese Texts
-Special Instructions for Chinese Texts in Batch 1 \\[3mm]
-\Large (Addendum to the Data Entry Specs 1.2, version for Chinese texts)
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Martina Siebert, Martin Hofmann, \\[1mm] Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-\vspace{15mm}
-
-\newcommand{\hash}{{\char"0023}}
-\newcommand{\chin}[1]{{\fontspec{SimSun}{#1}}}
-\newenvironment{typeChinese}{\begin{alltt}\s\begin{tabular}{@{}l}}{\end{tabular}\end{alltt}}
-
-
-
-%In general: Give them the information about the heading levels in each book, or is the rule clear enough?
-
-%\subsection{Text 11 (The Handwritten Text)}
-
-%\subsubsection{Text Emendations}
-
-%\begin{mainrule}
-%If a character has been crossed out, mark it by §{ }§. If there is a corrected character next to the crossed-out character, mark this by §{ / }§.
-%%If there is a line between two consecutive characters indicating that the order should be reversed, insert §~§ between the characters, but type them in the order as they appear in the text.
-%If there is a line between two consecutive characters indicating that the order should be reversed, mark this by §{ ~ }§, but type the characters in the order as they appear in the text.
-%\end{mainrule}
-
-%
-%\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-%\parbox[b]{8cm}{
-%\htsc{Examples} \\[25mm]
-%\begin{typeChinese}
-%xx\bold{\{}x\bold{\}}xx \\ \\
-%xxxx\{x/x\}\{x/x\}xx \\ \\
-%xx\bold{\tld}xxx \\ 
-%\end{typeChinese}
-%} & \qquad
-%\includegraphics[height=6cm]{Specs-Bild2-kt}
-%\end{tabular}
-
-%Or something like §<del>x</del>§, §<repl>xx</repl>§ and §<rev>xx</re>§?
-
-
-%\subsection{Text 14}
-%Rule for mathematics, e.g. $a^2 + b^2 = c^2$ on p.57?
-
-\section{Xifa shenji \, \chin{西法神機}}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type the handwritten underlinings. Use §{ }§ for dotted lines. Use §[ ]§ for circles or circled lines. Use §( )§ for small circles. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not treat circles as punctuation marks.
-Do not mark the red colour.
-\end{clarification}
-
-%\begin{clarification}
-%A circled line may consist of dots, circles and wedges.
-%\end{clarification}
-
-%\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-%\parbox[b]{8cm}{
-%\htsc{Example } \\[32mm]
-%\begin{typeChinese}
-%\bold{<cl>}\chin{其節短矣}\bold{</cl>}\chin{既猛烈而益} \\
-%\chin{由是而}\bold{<cl>}\chin{別}\bold{</cl>}\chin{。使}\bold{<cl>}\chin{臨敵者氣}\bold{</cl>} \\
-%\bold{<cl>}\chin{必固矣然必車製合宜}\bold{</cl>} \\
-%\end{typeChinese}
-%} & \qquad
-%\includegraphics[height=6cm]{Specs-Bild3}
-%\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{125mm}{
-\htsc{Example } \\[17mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\bold{\{}\chin{其節短}\bold{\}[}\chin{矣}\bold{]}\chin{既猛烈而益} \\
-\chin{由是而}\bold{[(}\chin{別}\bold{)]}\chin{使}\bold{[}\chin{臨敵者氣}\bold{]} \\
-\bold{\{}\chin{必固}\bold{\}[}\chin{矣}\bold{]\{}\chin{然必車製合}\bold{\}[}\chin{宜}\bold{]} \\[12mm]
-\end{typeChinese}
-} & \qquad
-\includegraphics[height=6cm]{Specs-Bild3}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\newpage
-
-\section{Minchan lu yi \, \chin{閩產錄異}}
-
-%\subsection{Repaired Text}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Repaired text is marked by §<rep>§ and §</rep>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{123mm}{
-\htsc{Example} \\[105mm]
-} & 
-\includegraphics[height=12cm]{text17-1p15}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\bold{<p>}\someText \\
-\chin{天下春社後春分榖米上}\bold{<rep>}\chin{錦墩秋分秋社前斗米一}\bold{</rep>} \\
-\chin{斗錢秋分秋社後斗米一斗豆}\bold{<rep><sm>}\chin{福州以早稻藳作薦}\bold{\bs\bs}\chin{呼草薦用晚稻病癩}\bold{</sm></rep></p>} \\
-\bold{<h 2>}\chin{六十二黃}\bold{</h>}\chin{　}\bold{<p>}\chin{早稻也福州諺曰肩頭}\bold{<rep>}\chin{擔秧六十日言分}\bold{</rep>} \\
-\chin{秧至收成僅六十餘日也蓋六十二}\bold{<rep>}\chin{黃之種成熟最}\bold{<rep>} \\
-\chin{早各郡兩}\bold{<001>}\chin{者亦種之}\bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeChinese}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-The tag §<001>§ denotes a character that is not included in Unicode 5.1.0, see section 2.5.2 of the Data Entry Specs 1.2, version for Chinese texts.
-The indentation of the paragraph is not marked because the paragraph is preceded by a sub-heading in the same line, see section 2.2.2 of the Data Entry Specs 1.2, version for Chinese texts.
-\end{crossref}
-
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-12-12_DESpecs_special_Euclid_1966/DESpecs_special_Euclid_1966.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-12-12_DESpecs_special_Euclid_1966/DESpecs_special_Euclid_1966.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{./Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{abbreviations/abbreviations}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Euclid 1966
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to Data Entry Specs 1.1.2) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-
-\section{Data Entry}
-
-Data entry should be in UTF-8, making use of the complete character repertoire found in Unicode version 5.1.0, including characters in the following blocks when applicable: 
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A (U+3499 -- U+4DFF), 
-\item CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B (U+20000 -- U+2A6DF), 
-\item CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement (U+2F800 -- U+2FA1F). 
-\end{itemize}
-
-If you experience difficulty with Chinese characters from the blocks in the supplementary plane (SMP), please let us know. We can provide assistance by providing fonts containing these characters and other technical assistance.
-
-\section{General Markup}
-
-The conventions for typing page breaks and numbers, running heads, headings, paragraphs, figures, and captions as specified in the standard Data Entry Specs apply,
-as well as the conventions for indicating illegible characters and uncertain readings (see section 2.7.1 of the Data Entry Specs). 
-
-\subsection{Paragraphs}
-
-Outdented paragraphs (i.e. paragraphs where the first character is printed one space higher on the page) are marked by §<p x>§.
-
-\begin{note}
-Examples for outdented paragraphs as well as the rules in section 3 can be found in the whole-page example in \sect{section example}.
-\end{note}
-
-\section{Chinese Characters}
-
-\subsection{Punctuation}
-
-Type the punctuation to the right of characters.
-
-\subsection{Spaces}
-
-Type spaces in Chinese text as the IDEOGRAPHIC SPACE character U+3000.
-
-\subsection{Small Characters}
-
-Strings of small characters are marked by §<sm> </sm>§. Indicate half-column breaks by §\\§. 
-
-\section{Whole-Page Example}
-\label{section example}
-
-This is a transcription of Euclid p. 23 (i.e. scan §0023.jpg§).
-
-\newcommand{\chin}[1]{{\fontspec{SimSun}{#1}}}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb><rh>}\chin{幾何原本　卷一之首}\bold{</rh>} \\
-\bold{<h>}\chin{幾何原本第一卷之首}\bold{<sm>}\chin{界說三十六　求作四} \bold{\bs\bs} \chin{公論十九}\bold{</sm></h>} \\
-\bold{<p>}\chin{泰西利瑪竇口譯}\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}\chin{吳凇徐光啓筆受}\bold{</p>} \\ 
-\bold{<h>}\chin{界說三十六則}\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<p>}\chin{凡造論。先當分別解說論中所用名目。故曰界說。}\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}\chin{凡歷法、地理、樂律、算章、技藝、工巧諸事。有度、有數者。皆依賴十府中。幾何府屬。凡論幾何。先從一點始。} \\
-\chin{自點引之爲線。線展爲面。面積爲體。是名三度。}\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<h>}\chin{第一界}\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<p x>}\chin{點者、無分。}\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}\chin{無長短、廣狹、厚薄。　如下圖。}\bold{<sm>}\chin{凡圖十干爲識。干盡用十} \bold{\bs\bs} \chin{二支。支盡用八卦八音。}\bold{</sm></p>} \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{甲}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<h>}\chin{第二界}\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<p x>}\chin{線、有長無廣。}\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}\chin{試如一平面。光照之。有光無光之間。不容一物。是線也。眞平眞圜相遇。其遇處止有一點。行則止有一 }\\
-\chin{線。}\bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-
-
-\section{Figures}
-\label{section chinese figures}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Where a figure occurs in the text, type a §<fig>§ tag on a separate line. If you can identify a caption of the figure, mark it by §<cap> </cap>§. Additional text that describes parts of the figure is marked by §<desc> </desc>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the caption on a separate line after §<fig>§. A figure may have more than one description. Type each description on a separate line after §<fig>§ and §<cap>§. If the same description is repeated in a figure, type it only once.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{note}
-In the example in section 4, there is now an additional line §<desc>§\chin{甲}§</desc>§ after the §<fig>§ tag.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{8.3cm}{
-\htsc{Examples} \\
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<cap>}\chin{第九鐵餅正看圖}\bold{<sm>}\chin{四分之一}\bold{</sm>}\bold{</cap>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{秋}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{收}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<cap>}\chin{鐵餅剖看圖}\bold{</cap>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{秋}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{螺帽}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{收}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{螺鍵}\bold{</desc>} 
-\end{typeLatin}} &
-\includegraphics[width=8.1cm]{text18-1p24}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\mehrzeilen
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lll}
-\parbox[b]{8.3cm}{
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>}\chin{西洋大彈式十種　凡彈必合銃口徑以爲圓形故不預} \\
-\chin{定大小斤數}\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{中空迎風} \\
-\chin{其聲如雷}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{圓彈}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{響彈}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{中用百鍊鋼條兩頭銼} \\
-\chin{尖鑄時先定中線毋使} \\
-\chin{稍偏長短致} \\
-\chin{有輕重低昂} \\
-\chin{不能直貫}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{遇賊攻} \\
-\chin{寨勢如} \\
-\chin{拉朽}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{彈形兩分中綰百鍊} \\
-\chin{鋼條不拘長短點放} \\
-\chin{迸發橫拉如火龍}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{鍊彈}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{最厚之城用十餘彈先} \\
-\chin{鑿破磚石繼以員彈推} \\
-\chin{倒}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{攻城}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{攻城攻墻一也特中用} \\
-\chin{鋼鑿大小厚薄不同耳} \\
-\chin{鑄法如前說}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{攻墻}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-} & 
-\parbox[b]{8cm}{
-\includegraphics[height=12cm]{text16p69} \\
-}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lll}
-\parbox[b]{126.5mm}{
-\begin{typeLatin}
-
-\bold{<pb a><rh>}\chin{泰西事物起原　}\bold{<sm>}\chin{第三章}\bold{</sm></rh>} \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{第二大派}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{希伯流語}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{亞刺比亞語}\bold{</desc>} \\ \\
-\bold{<pb b><rh>}\chin{泰西事物起原　}\bold{<sm>}\chin{第三章}\bold{</sm></rh>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}\chin{非尼西亞語}\bold{</desc>} \\
-\someText \\[1mm]
-\end{typeLatin}} & 
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{figure_14_33teil2} &
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{figure_14_33teil1}
-\end{tabular}
-
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-12-19_DESpecs_special_workorder_V/DESpecs_special_workorder_V.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2008-12-19_DESpecs_special_workorder_V/DESpecs_special_workorder_V.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{./Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{abbreviations/abbreviations}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Work Order V
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to Data Entry Specs 1.1.2) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-
-\section{Indexes and Tables of Contents}
-
-
-\subsection{Indexes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-An index is marked by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ for large spaces.
-%, for example between text and reference. 
-Type a return after each row. 
-%If you can identify a table as an index, mark it by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ as separator between text and reference.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-% Ob sie für jede Seite einen getrennten Index machen, sollen sie slebst entscheiden.
-
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[1]{bacon_253}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<ind it>} \\
-Caterpillars \bold{#} \bold{_}153\bold{_} \\
-Cements that grow hard \bold{#} \bold{_}183\bold{_} \\
-Chalk, a good compo$t, \bold{_}122, 123\bold{_}. Good for \\
-\bold{#} Pa$ture, as well as for Arable \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
-Chameleons, \bold{_}80\bold{_}. Their nouri$hment, \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
-\bold{#} A fond Tradition of them \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
-\bold{</ind>} 
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[2]{gallac_91}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<ind>} \\
-\bold{<col 1>} \\
-\someText \\
-Diligenz $overchia, quale. \bold{#} 49 \\
-Diminuzione di gro$$ozze, come deb- \\
-\bold{#} ba condur$i. \bold{#} 56 \\
-\bold{_}Diocleziano\bold{_} . Sue Terme. \bold{#} 51 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\bold{<col 2>} \\
-\someText \\
-Errori di que$to genere, cagione di \\
-\bold{#} tutti gli errori. \bold{#} 18. 19 \\
-\bold{#} Provvedimenti dei Romani con- \\
-\bold{#} tro a que$ti errori. \bold{#} 19 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</col>} \\
-\bold{</ind>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsection{Tables of Contents}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A table of contents is marked by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ for large spaces.
-%, for example between section names and page numbers. 
-Type a return after each row. 
-%If you can identify a table as a table of contents, mark it by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ as separator between section names and page numbers.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-%\begin{clarification}
-%(How toc's can be recognized?)
-%\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[1]{zubler_43_2}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<toc it>} \\
-Cap. 1. \bold{#} De Chorographia generatim: quid $it, & que ad eam In-\\
-\bold{#} strumenta poti{$s}imùm requi$ita, \bold{#} pag 1. \\
-II. \bold{#} De In$trumenti fabricâ, \bold{#} 2 \\
-III. \bold{#} De Triangulis, omnium dimen$ionum fundamento, \bold{#} 5 \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</toc>} 
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[2]{belidor_683}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<toc it>} \\
-\bold{_}CH\bold{<sc>}APITRE\bold{</sc>} I.\bold{_} Où l'on en$eigne comme $e fait la pou$$ée des \\
-\bold{#} Voutes, & où l'on raporte quelques principes tirés de la mé- \\
-\bold{#} canique pour en faciliter l'intelligence \bold{#} 2 \\
-\bold{_}C\bold{<sc>}HAP\bold{</sc>}. II. \bold{_}De la maniere de calculer l'épai$$eur des Pié-droits \\
-\bold{#} des Voutes en plain ceintre pour e$tre en équilibre par leur ré- \\
-\bold{#} $i$tance avec la pou$$ée qu'ils ont à $oútenir. \bold{#} 10 \\
-\bold{</toc>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\subsection{Other Structures With Large Spaces}
-
-%Do not type dots or lines that only serve as placeholders. 
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If a normal paragraph contains at least one large space, mark it by §#§, i.e. use §<p #>§. Mark each large space in the paragraph by §#§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Before you use §<p #>§, make sure the paragraph is not part of a table, an index or a table of contents.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[2]{Pappus_large_spaces}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p #>} \\
-\someText \\
-extrema ad axes \bold{#} angulorum, continent autem hunc propo$itiones \\
-ferè exi$tentes vna multa, & varia theoremata, & linearum, & $uperficie- \\
-rum, & $olidorum omnia $imul vna demon$tratione, & quæ nondum de- \\
-mon$trata $unt, & quæ \bold{#} & in duodecimo libro horum elemento- \\
-\someText \\
-\bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-
-
-
-%Introduce a generic tag for leading: §<lead> # </lead>§ or so.
-
-%%Does that make sense? Up to now, I did not explain leading, but they were supposed to grasp the concept through the examples. Here I would have to explain it. 
-
-%Alternative: Section “Leading”, where leading is explained, with example. Then: toc's and indexes.
-
-%One (weird) example would be Biancani 1635, p.195.
-
-%Another semi-weird example: modern-style quotations. Alternatively in the block quotation section, or no rule at all.
-
-%*
-
-%Do we need a rule for lists? I guess not; in European texts it can either be typed as normal text, or it is a table, or it is a structure with leading. “Lists” would be a nice section title than “Other Structures With Leading”, though. But would it fit?
-
-
-\section{Special Instructions for Individual Texts}
-
-\subsection{Alberti (1565)}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Line numbers (§5§, §10§, §15§ and so on) are typed just like normal marginal notes, but are marked by §<ln> </ln>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-The position of the line numbers to the left or right is not marked.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\subsection{Aristoteles (1548)}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type the table with six columns on p.0205 as two separate tables, each with three columns.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\subsection{Bion (1723)}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-In the table on p.0209, do not type the vertically printed words. Type the last column (§La Regle ... $en$ible.§) as a normal paragraph outside the table.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-
-\subsection{Gravesande (1721/5)}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-In the index starting on p.0805, type the horizontal lines as §#§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-
-%\section{Questions}
-
-%How many books can Formax type until the end of the year?
-
-%Add additional rules about tables?
-
-%Add additional rules about figures?
-
-
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-02-14_DESpecs_special_workorder_VI/DESpecs_special_workorder_VI.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-02-14_DESpecs_special_workorder_VI/DESpecs_special_workorder_VI.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{./Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-\usepackage{yfonts}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{abbreviations/abbreviations}
-
-%\usepackage{blacklettert1}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Work Order VI
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-\section{Cardano 1559}
-
-In headings, the comma and the hyphen look like / (see e.g. p.160). In normal text the comma looks like /, but the hyphen looks like a normal \fraktur{-}. Rule: Type / as §/§, i.e. type what you see. Example. Normalisation (if / means hyphen, no space before or after, if / means comma, space before but not after) in post-processing? Any rule about this for Formax?
-
-Contains \textswab{\LARGE  *u} and \textswab{\LARGE  "u}. Type both versions as §ü§, as in example 3 in the "Fraktur examples" section? Alternative: Special Instruction “Type \textswab{\LARGE  *u} as §{ue}§, etc.”, which makes sense only if there are both version in the text. Which is rare, I hope.
-
-Contains  \textswab{\LARGE  *o}, but not \textswab{\LARGE  "o} ? Contains \textswab{\LARGE  *a} (e.g. p.160), but not \textswab{\LARGE  "a} ?  
-
-Small u with o above: Type “u with o above” as §{uo}§.
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{uo}
-
-Tilde to indicate a missing n or m, just as is Latin texts.
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{Cardano_der}: Type as §{der}§. Alternative: Do not mention it at all, make them type it as an unknown character.
-
-Alchemy symbols (p.746): Type §<al>§ for each symbol. Do not add them to the list of unknown characters.
-
-The drop caps are virtually undeciferable. Special instruction: Mark drop caps by <dc>. Do not transcribe the letter.
-
-Roman numbers in the “Register” at the beginning of the text: small letters, especially the x looks strange; example.
-
-Roman numbers as page numbers: the x looks different!
-
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-05-20_DESpecs_special_Eipo/DESpecs_special_Eipo.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-05-20_DESpecs_special_Eipo/DESpecs_special_Eipo.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{./Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{abbreviations/abbreviations}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Heeschen 1990
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to Data Entry Specs 2.0) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Martin Thiering, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-\section{Passages with Eipo Text}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-The book contains many passages with line pairs, i.e. one line of Eipo text (normal size) and one line of translation (small text).  Mark the Eipo text lines with §<p> </p>§ and the translation text lines with §<p sm> </p>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Mark underlines with §<ul> </ul>§.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[: 0060.jpg]{eipo_60.jpg}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\xs\bold{<p>}Tenebik-ba, el \bold{<ul>}winebuka abukye\bold{</ul>} »na kil,« winebuka, ninye sik do kil, ... \bold{</p>} \\
-\xs\bold{<p sm>}Sie=dachten-SW, er er=hatte=gemacht »meine Frau,« so=gemacht, Menschen ihr Ahn Frau, ... \bold{</p>} \\
-\xs\bold{<mgl>}40\bold{</mgl>} \\
-\xs\bold{<p>}asik balamnye dara, el asik ulamlirye, yukyuka yupe gekebokablirye, teleb ubnamle ... \bold{</p>} \\
-\xs\bold{<p sm>}Weiler Gehen-ich TA, sie Weiler sie=ist=Ko, andere Sprache gehört=Ko, gut sie=w.=sein ... \bold{</p>} \\
-\xs\bold{<p>}ninye naryuk kwebreibse-buk, na-di kwebreibse ate, naning-uk, na meme,« ... \bold{</p>} \\
-\xs\bold{<p sm>}Menschen ich=S=nur ich=setzte-SW, ich-S ich=setzte weil, meins-nur, mein Tabu,« ... \bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-
-%\xs <p>Tenekbik-ba, el <ul>winebuka abukye</ul> »na kil,« winebuka, ninye sik do kil, »na kil, na-de ninye</p> \\
-%\xs <p sm>Sie=dachten-SW, er er=hatte=gemacht »meine Frau,« so=gemacht, Menschen ihr Ahn Frau, »meine Frau, ich-aber Menschen</p> \\
-%\xs <mgl>40</mgl> \\
-%\xs <p>asik balamnye dara, el asik ulamlirye, yukyuka yupe gekebokablirye, teleb ubnamle kwemdina ara,</p> \\
-%\xs <p sm>Weiler Gehen-ich TA, sie Weiler sie=ist=Ko, andere Sprache gehört=Ko, gut sie=w.=sein Schöpfung T,</p> \\
-%\xs <p>ninye naryuk kwebreibse-buk, na-di kwebreibse ate, naning-uk, na meme,« winyabikye dara, »na</p> \\
-%\xs <p sm>Menschen ich=S=nur ich=setzte-SW, ich-S ich=setzte weil, meins-nur, mein Tabu,« sie=sagend TA, »ich</p> \\
-
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{note}
-In these passages, do not insert a space after a period if there is none in the text, e.g. §sie=w.=sein§. Do not mark large spaces, i.e. type them as normal spaces.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\section{German Characters}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Please type the German characters ä, ö, ü and ß directly as Unicode characters.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, German characters]
-
-\vspace{-1mm}
-%\begin{tabular}{@{}lcccccclc}
-%character \hspace{6mm} & ä & ö & ü & Ä & Ö & Ü && ß \\[2mm]
-%type as & §ä§ & §ö§ & §ü§ & §Ä§ & §Ö§ & §Ü§ && §ß§ \\[1mm]
-%& \xs{U+00E4} & \xs{U+00F6} & \xs{U+00FC} & \xs{U+00E4} & \xs{U+00F6} & \xs{U+00FC} && \xs{U+00DF} \\ \\
-%\end{tabular}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lccclc}
-small letters \hspace{8mm} & ä & ö & ü && ß \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+00E4} & \xs{U+00F6} & \xs{U+00FC} && \xs{U+00DF} \\[4mm]
-capital letters \hspace{8mm} & Ä & Ö & Ü \\[2mm]
-Unicode & \xs{U+00C4} & \xs{U+00D6} & \xs{U+00DC} \\
-\end{tabular}
-
-
-\end{tabelle}
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-06-04_DESpecs_special_Vitruvius/DESpecs_special_Vitruvius.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-06-04_DESpecs_special_Vitruvius/DESpecs_special_Vitruvius.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,217 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-headings=normal, % normalheadings,
-parskip=half-,
-numbers=noenddot % pointlessnumbers
-]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../abbreviations/abbreviations_1}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for the “Vitruvius” Work Order
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to Data Entry Specs 2.0) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-
-\section{Handwritten Notes}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Handwritten underlining is marked by §<ul hd> </ul>§. Handwritten strokes through words are marked by §<st hd> </st>§. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-%\begin{clarification}
-%§<hd ul>§ and §<hd st>§ are typed on the same line as the underlined or struck-through words. However, all other handwritten notes are still marked by §<hd>§ on a separate line before or after the line of the main text the note is closest to. 
-%% Make sure that each handwritten note is marked. 
-%Do not type the note itself. 
-%\end{clarification}
-
-%\begin{clarification}
-%(Alternative: All other handwritten notes are marked by §<hd>§. 
-%If a handwritten note clearly belongs to a word in the text, type it there. 
-%In particular, type §<hd ul>§ and §<hd st>§ on the same line as the underlined or struck-through words. 
-%Otherwise, type §<hd>§ on a separate line after the line of the main text the note is closest to. 
-%Do not type the note itself.)
-%\end{clarification}
-
-%\begin{clarification}
-%All other handwritten notes are marked by §<hd>§. Place the §<hd>§ tag
-%%where it best describes 
-%according to the position of the handwritten note. If the handwritten note is in the margin, type §<hd>§ on a separate line after the line of the main text the note is closest to. 
-%\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-All other handwritten notes or figures are marked by §<hd>§ on a separate line after the line of the main text to which the note or figure is closest. Do not type the note itself. Do not indicate the ink colour.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[1: \, underlining]{height=8mm}{vitruv1511_123}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-vita, \bold{<ul hd>}Epicurus\bold{</ul>} vero \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[2: \, stroke through a word]{height=8mm}{vitruv1513_102}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-uocabula, \bold{<st hd>}Pycno$tylos\bold{</st>}, id e$t \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-%\newpage
-\begin{sampleImage}[3: \, handwritten notes between lines and in the margin]{vitruv1513_99_neu2}
-%\end{sampleImage}
-%\begin{sampleImage}[3: \, handwritten notes between lines and in the margin]{vitruv1513_99_neu}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-01  \bold{<p it>} ... \\
-02  hypethros. Horum exprimuntur formationes, his \\
-03  rationibus. In antis erit ædes, cum habebit in fron- \\
-04  \bold{<hd><hd>} \\
-05  te \bold{<st hd>}antas\bold{</st>} parietum, qui \bold{<st hd>}cellam\bold{</st>} circ\bs~ucludunt, & inter \\
-06  \bold{<hd>} \\
-07  antas in medio col\bs~unas duas $upra\bs'q; fa$tigium $ym- \\
-08  metria ea collocatum, quæ in hoc libro fuerit per$cri- \\
-09  \bold{<hd>} \\
-10  pta. Huius autem exemplar erit ad tres fortunas, ex \\
-11  \bold{<hd>} \\
-12  tribus, quod e$t proxime portam collinam.\bold{<hd>} \\
-13  \bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{note}
-The two §<hd>§ in line 04 denote the two crosses above the struck-through words. Line 06 denotes the handwritten note in the margin. Lines 09 and 11 denote handwritten notes between lines of printed text.
-\end{note}
-
-%\begin{sampleImageSmall}[4: \, a handwritten note in the margin]{height=8mm}{vitruv1513_102}
-
-%\vspace{-3mm}
-%\begin{typeLatin}
-%bla \\
-%\bold{<hd>} \\
-%bla \\
-%\end{typeLatin}
-%\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}[4: \, handwritten note within a figure]{width=8cm}{vitruv1513_81}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p it>} ... \\
-telli, Iouis $tatoris, Hermodi, & ad Mariana honoris \\
-& uirtutis $ine po$tico à Mutio facta.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<hd>} \\
-\bold{</fig>} \\
-\bold{<p it>}P$eudodipteros autem $ic collocatur, ut in fronte & \\
-po$tico $int columnæ octonæ, in lateribus cum angula \\
-... \bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\section{Figure Descriptions in the Margin}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Marginal notes to the left or right of figures are figure descriptions. Mark them by §<desc> </desc>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Use one §<desc>§ tag for each paragraph. As always, type the §<desc>§ tags between the §<fig>§ and §</fig>§ lines. The position of the description in the left or right margin is not encoded.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=12cm}{vitruv1511_81}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<p>} ... \\
-tres, e quibus vna plinthus cum cymatio fiat, altera echinus cum anulis, ter \\
-tia hypotrachelio c\bs~otrahatur columnæ, ita vti in tertio libro de ionicis e$t \\
-$criptum.\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<fig>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}a. cymati\bs~u\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}b. plinthus\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}c. echinus c\bs~u \\
-anulis\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<desc>}d. pars \bs~q hy- \\
-potrachilio \\
-contrahitur \\
-columnæ\bold{</desc>} \\
-\bold{<var>}a b c d\bold{</var>} \\
-\bold{</fig>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Epi$tylii altitudo vnius moduli c\bs~u tenia & guttis, tenia moduli $eptima, \\
-guttarum longitudo $ub tenia contra triglyphos alta c\bs~u regula parte $ex- \\
-... \bold{</p>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImageSmall}
-
-
-\section{Latin Abbreviations and Diacritics}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-In addition to the ligatures given in the Data Entry Specs 2.0, please resolve the abbreviations §{ur}§ and §{us}§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-As always, a tilde above a letter is marked marked by §\~§. Especially above the small letter i, make sure to distinguish between the normal dot above the i and a tilde.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{liste}[ : \, additional abbreviations and diacritics]
-
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{vitruv1511_121} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{ornatus} \quad
-\includegraphics[height=8mm]{intercurrunt} \quad
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-$truant\li{ur}   ornat\li{us}    \bs~itercurrunt
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{liste}
-
-%\begin{tabular}{lllllllllll} 
-%\\
-%\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_longsi} & §nascit{ur}§ \\[3mm]
-%\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_longsi} & §nascit{ur}§ \\[3mm]
-%\includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_longsi} & §nascit{ur}§ \\[3mm]
-%\end{tabular}
-
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-06-29_DESpecs_special_Mingli_tan/DESpecs_special_Mingli_tan.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-06-29_DESpecs_special_Mingli_tan/DESpecs_special_Mingli_tan.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-headings=normal,
-parskip=half-, 
-numbers=noenddot]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../abbreviations/abbreviations_2}
-
-\newcommand{\hash}{{\char"0023}}
-\newenvironment{typeChinese}{\begin{alltt}\s\begin{tabular}{@{}l}}{\end{tabular}\end{alltt}}
-
-\newcommand{\chin}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtA}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\sunExtA}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtA}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\sunExtB}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtB}{#1}}}
-
-\newcommand{\mincho}[1]{{\fontspec{MS Mincho}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\hira}[1]{{\fontspec{HiraMinPro-W3}{#1}}}
-
-% Verkürzung von \bold und \chin:
-% schon vorhanden: ch, c, s;  b, bf
-% noch nicht vorhanden: sun (bringt aber nicht viel)
-\newcommand{\f}[1]{\bold{#1}} % f für fett
-\newcommand{\z}[1]{\chin{#1}} % z für Zeichen
-
-%%%
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Mingli tan \z{名理探}
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to DESpecs for Chinese text 2.0.1) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Martina Siebert, Joachim Kurtz
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-\section{Punctuation Marks}
-\label{punctuation marks}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type the filled circle as “fullwidth full stop” \z{．} (U+FF0E). 
-Type the filled double circle as “fullwidth colon” \z{：} (U+FF1A).
-%Type the comma \z{、} as “fullwidth comma” \z{，} (U+FF0C).
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the ideographic full stop \z{。} (U+3002) and the ideographic comma \z{、} (U+3001) as you always do.
-% Type the ideographic full stop \z{。} (U+3002) as you always do.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{8mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{114mm}{
-\htsc{Example} \\[100mm]
-} & 
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{Punctuation_Variants_p9.pdf}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\vspace{-12mm}
-
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<pb} \z{一}\f{><rh>}\z{名理探}\f{<sm>}\z{卷之一}\f{</sm></rh>} \\
-\f{<h 2>}\z{愛}\f{<}\z{知}\f{2>}\z{學原始}\f{</h>} \\
-\z{愛}\f{<}\z{知}\f{2>}\z{學者、西云}\f{<wl>}\z{斐錄瑣費亞}\f{</wl>}\z{、乃窮理諸學之}\f{<}\z{總}\f{R>}\z{名．譯名、則}\f{<}\z{知}\f{2>} \\
-\z{之嗜．譯義、則言}\f{<}\z{知}\f{2>}\z{也。古有國王問於大賢人曰：汝深於}\f{<}\z{知}\f{2>}\z{、吾} \\
-\z{夙聞之、不知何種之學爲深。對曰：余非能}\f{<}\z{知}\f{2>}\z{、惟愛}\f{<}\z{知}\f{2>}\z{耳。後賢} \\
-\z{學}\f{<}\z{務}\f{V>}\z{辟}\f{<}\z{傲}\f{V>}\z{、故不敢用}\f{<}\z{知}\f{2>}\z{者之名、而第取愛}\f{<}\z{知}\f{2>}\z{爲名也。古稱大} \\
-\f{<}\z{知}\f{2>}\z{者三人：一、}\f{<sl>}\z{索加德 }\f{</sl>}\z{．一、}\f{<sl>}\z{霸辣篤}\f{</sl>}\z{．一、}\f{<sl>}\z{亞利斯多特勒}\f{</sl>}\z{．}\f{<sl>}\z{亞利}\f{</sl>}\z{學問} \\
-\end{typeChinese}
-
-
-\begin{crossref}
-For §< 2>§ see \sect{readings}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\begin{note}
-Some running heads contain signatures, for example the “1” in the lower left corner of this page. Do not type these signatures.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\section{Indications of Variant Readings}
-\label{readings}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-A circle in the corner of a character is marked by §< 1>§ (upper left corner), §< 2>§ (upper right corner), §< 3>§ (lower left corner) or §< 4>§ (lower right corner).
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Unlike §< V>§ or §< R>§, mark every occurrence of the circle.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{crossref}
-Examples can be found in sections \ref{punctuation marks} and \ref{toc}.
-\end{crossref}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{note}
-We number the corners according to the Four Corner Index (\z{四角號碼}). We do not attempt to mimic any historic numbering; for example, the §< 2>§ in the examples in sections \ref{punctuation marks} and \ref{toc} indicates the fourth tone.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\section{Table of Contents}
-\label{toc}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Mark the lines in the table of contents as headings.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the pagenumbers after the §</h>§, separated by a single ideographic space U+3000.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{5mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{111mm}{
-\htsc{Example} \\[55mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<toc>} \\
-... \\
-\f{<ti>}\z{卷之二}\f{</ti>} \\
-\f{<ti>}\z{五分稱之解}\f{</ti>}\z{　一} \\
-\f{<h 1>}\z{〇五公之篇第一}\f{</h>}\z{　一} \\
-\f{<h 2>}\z{立公稱者何義辯一}\f{<sm><}\z{隨}\f{V>}\z{論三}\f{</sm></h>}\z{　三} \\
-\f{<h 3>}\z{公者非虛名}\f{<}\z{相}\f{2><sm>}\z{一}\f{</sm></h>}\z{　五} \\
-\f{<h 3>}\z{公性不別於賾而自立}\f{<sm>}\z{二}\f{</sm></h>}\z{　十四} \\
-\f{<h 3>}\z{公性正解}\f{<sm>}\z{三}\f{</sm></h>}\z{　十八} \\
-... \\
-\f{</toc>} \\[5mm]
-\end{typeChinese}
-} & 
-%\includegraphics[height=6cm]{ToC_Levels_p6.pdf}
-\includegraphics[height=12cm]{Mingli_p6_mit_Seitenzahlen.pdf}
-\end{tabular}
-
-
-\section{Specifically Marked Passages}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-If a single character is in parentheses, type §( )§, i.e. ASCII parentheses U+0028 and U+0029, around the character.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Do not mark the smaller size of this character.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{8mm}
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{113.5mm}{
-\htsc{Example} \\[20mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<pb><rh>}\z{名理探}\f{<sm>}\z{卷之二}\f{</sm></rh>} \\
-\f{<p>(}\z{古}\f{)}\z{欲徹十倫府．解釋凡物} [...] \\
-\z{五公稱．宗類殊獨依．}\f{<}\z{約}\f{R>}\z{拈} [...] \\
-\z{中亦寓奧理．或實在於物．} [...] \\
-\z{妙理．或別倫屬立．或依可} [...] \\
-\f{(}\z{解}\f{)<sl>}\z{薄斐畧}\f{</sl>}\z{弟子曰}\f{<sl>}\z{計洒}\f{</sl>}\z{者、} [...] \\
-\end{typeChinese}
-} & 
-\includegraphics[height=5cm]{HeadCharacters_p51.pdf}
-\end{tabular}
-
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-06-29_DESpecs_special_Mingli_tan/Kringel in Minglitan.rtf
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-06-29_DESpecs_special_Mingli_tan/Kringel in Minglitan.rtf	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-{\rtf1\ansi\ansicpg1252\cocoartf949\cocoasubrtf460
-{\fonttbl\f0\fswiss\fcharset0 Helvetica;\f1\fnil\fcharset128 HiraKakuProN-W3;}
-{\colortbl;\red255\green255\blue255;}
-\paperw11900\paperh16840\margl1440\margr1440\vieww9000\viewh8400\viewkind0
-\pard\tx566\tx1133\tx1700\tx2267\tx2834\tx3401\tx3968\tx4535\tx5102\tx5669\tx6236\tx6803\ql\qnatural\pardirnatural
-
-\f0\fs24 \cf0 3_4\
-Seite 3 links\
-Spalte 2 (von links) unterstes Zeichen: Kringel mitte rechts?\
-\
-We number the corners according to the Four Corner Index (
-\f1 \'8e\'6c\'8a\'70\'e5\'6a\'e1\'f9
-\f0 )
-\f1 .
-\f0 \
-We do not attempt to mimic any historic numbering; for example, all < 2> in the examples in section 1 and 3 indicate the fourth tone.\
-\
-oder sogar nur < o> tippen lassen? Weil es vermutlich eh nur einen Punkt gibt, n\'e4mlich rechts oben\
---> andererseits: warum ds Ergebnis vorwegnehmen?\
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-07-07_DESpecs_special_text_flows/DESpecs_special_text_flows.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-07-07_DESpecs_special_text_flows/DESpecs_special_text_flows.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../abbreviations/abbreviations_1}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Text Flows
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to Data Entry Specs 2.0) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-%\tableofcontents
-
-\section{Text Flows Within a Page}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Text flows are marked by §<tf>§ and §</tf>§. The text flow in italics has the number 1, i.e. §<tf 1>§, and the other text flow has the number 2, i.e. §<tf 2>§.
-%Text flows are marked by §<tf>§ and §</tf>§. The text flow in Latin has the number 1, i.e. §<tf 1>§, and the text flow in Italian has the number 2, i.e. §<tf 2>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the §<tf>§ and §</tf>§ tags on separate lines. On each page, type the first text flow before the second text flow.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[1: \, two real pages]{conimbricenses_final_ds706707_white15}
-
-\notTranscribed
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\begin{note}
-Both text flows have separate catchwords, which should not be typed. Each text flow may have its own marginal notes and footnotes; type them according to the rules in section 2.6.1 and 2.6.2 in the main Data Entry Specs. 
-\end{note}
-
-%\begin{sampleImage}[2: \, how to type text flows]{textflows_words2}
-%\begin{sampleImage}[2: \, how to type text flows]{two_textflows.pdf}
-
-\begin{example}[2: \, how to type text flows]
-
-\includegraphics[width=12cm]{two_textflows.pdf}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb>} \\
-normal text \\
-\bold{<tf 1 it>} \\
-text flow 1 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\
-\bold{<tf 2>} \\
-text flow 2 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\ \\
-\bold{<pb>} \\
-\bold{<tf 1 it>} \\
-continuation of \\ 
-text flow 1 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\
-\bold{<tf 2>} \\
-continuation of \\ 
-text flow 2 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-
-%\section{Text Flows on Separate Pages}
-\section{Text Flows in Vitruvius (1758)}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-In Vitruvius (1758), please treat the pages starting from 0046.jpg up to 0489.jpg as two separate text flows, i.e. tag the main text on even pages as §<tf 1>§ and the main text on odd pages as §<tf 2>§. Do not mark the columns in the footnotes.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\newpage
-\begin{example}[3: \, text flows on separate pages]
-
-\includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{textflow_vitruv1758_text}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb} 268\bold{><rh>} ... \bold{</rh>} \\
-\bold{<tf 1>} \\
-text with some anchors\bold{<n} 1\bold{>}, a heading and some marginal notes \\
-... \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\ 
-\bold{<fn} (a)\bold{>}footnote\bold{</fn>} \bold{<fn} (b)\bold{>}footnote\bold{</fn>} \bold{<fn} (c)\bold{>}footnote\bold{</fn>} \\
-\bold{<fn} (1)\bold{>} footnote ... \bold{</fn>} \\
-\bold{<fn} (2)\bold{>} footnote ... \bold{</fn>} \\
-\bold{<fn} (3)\bold{>} footnote ... \bold{</fn>} \\
-\\
-\bold{<pb} 269\bold{><rh>} ... \bold{</rh>} \\
-\bold{<tf 2>} \\
-text with the same anchors\bold{<n} 1\bold{>}, heading and marginal notes \\
-... \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\ 
-\bold{<fn>} ... footnote (3) continued\bold{</fn>} \\
-\bold{<fn} (4)\bold{>} footnote ... \bold{</fn>} \\
-\bold{<fn} (5)\bold{>} footnote ... \bold{</fn>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-%\\
-%\bold{<pb>} \\
-%... \\
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-09-04_DESpecs_special_Heytesbury/DESpecs_special_heytesbury.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-09-04_DESpecs_special_Heytesbury/DESpecs_special_heytesbury.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-headings=normal,
-parskip=half-, 
-numbers=noenddot]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-\usepackage{yfonts}
-\usepackage{rotunda}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../abbreviations/abbreviations_2}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Heytesbury (1494)\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to Data Entry Specs 2.0) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Paul Trzeciok, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-
-The following sections of the Data Entry Specs 2.0 are relevant: ...
-
-
-\section{The Characters}
-
-The font in Heytesbury resembles the font given in the following table.
-
-%\vspace{2mm}
-%\begin{tabelle}[: \, Breitkopf Fraktur (Walden)]
-%\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c} \\
-%small letters & \fraktur{a} & \fraktur{b} & \fraktur{c} & \fraktur{d} & \fraktur{e} & \fraktur{f} & \fraktur{g} & \fraktur{h} & \fraktur{i} & \fraktur{j} & \fraktur{k} & \fraktur{l} & \fraktur{m} & \fraktur{n} & \fraktur{o} & \fraktur{p} & \fraktur{q} & \fraktur{r} & \fraktur{s <} & \fraktur{t} & \fraktur{u} & \fraktur{v} & \fraktur{w} & \fraktur{x} & \fraktur{y} & \fraktur{z} \\[2mm]
-% & §a§ & §b§ & §c§ & §d§ & §e§ & §f§ & §g§ & §h§ & §i§ & §j§ & §k§ & §l§ & §m§ & §n§ & §o§ & §p§ & §q§ & §r§ & §$§ §s§ & §t§ & §u§ & §v§ & §w§ & §x§ & §y§ & §z§ \\ 
-% \\ 
-%capital letters & \fraktur{A} & \fraktur{B} & \fraktur{C} & \fraktur{D} & \fraktur{E} & \fraktur{F} & \fraktur{G} & \fraktur{H} & \fraktur{I} && \fraktur{K} & \fraktur{L} & \fraktur{M} & \fraktur{N} & \fraktur{O} & \fraktur{P} & \fraktur{Q} & \fraktur{R} & \fraktur{S} & \fraktur{T} & \fraktur{U} & \fraktur{V} & \fraktur{W} & \fraktur{X} & \fraktur{Y} & \fraktur{Z} \\[2mm]
-% & §A§ & §B§ & §C§ & §D§ & §E§ & §F§ & §G§ & §H§ & §I§ && §K§ & §L§ & §M§ & §N§ & §O§ & §P§ & §Q§ & §R§ & §S§ & §T§ & §U§ & §V§ & §W§ & §X§ & §Y§ & §Z§ \\ 
-% \\ 
-%\end{tabular}
-%\end{tabelle}
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{tabelle}[: \, gothic alphabet]
-\begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c} \\
-small letters & \textgoth{a} & \textgoth{b} & \textgoth{c} & \textgoth{d} & \textgoth{e} & \textgoth{f} & \textgoth{g} & \textgoth{h} & \textgoth{i} & \textgoth{j} & \textgoth{k} & \textgoth{l} & \textgoth{m} & \textgoth{n} & \textgoth{o} & \textgoth{p} & \textgoth{q} & \textgoth{r} & \textgoth{s s:} & \textgoth{t} & \textgoth{u} & \textgoth{v} & \textgoth{w} & \textgoth{x} & \textgoth{y} & \textgoth{z} \\[2mm]
- & §a§ & §b§ & §c§ & §d§ & §e§ & §f§ & §g§ & §h§ & §i§ & §j§ & §k§ & §l§ & §m§ & §n§ & §o§ & §p§ & §q§ & §r§ & §$§\,§s§ & §t§ & §u§ & §v§ & §w§ & §x§ & §y§ & §z§ \\ 
- \\ 
-capital letters & \textgoth{A} & \textgoth{B} & \textgoth{C} & \textgoth{D} & \textgoth{E} & \textgoth{F} & \textgoth{G} & \textgoth{H} & \textgoth{I} && \textgoth{K} & \textgoth{L} & \textgoth{M} & \textgoth{N} & \textgoth{O} & \textgoth{P} & \textgoth{Q} & \textgoth{R} & \textgoth{S} & \textgoth{T} & \textgoth{U} & \textgoth{V} & \textgoth{W} & \textgoth{X} & \textgoth{Y} & \textgoth{Z} \\[2mm]
- & §A§ & §B§ & §C§ & §D§ & §E§ & §F§ & §G§ & §H§ & §I§ && §K§ & §L§ & §M§ & §N§ & §O§ & §P§ & §Q§ & §R§ & §S§ & §T§ & §U§ & §V§ & §W§ & §X§ & §Y§ & §Z§ \\ 
- \\ 
-\end{tabular}
-\end{tabelle}
-
-(Buchstaben, die nicht vorkommen, weglassen! k, v?)
-
-\textgoth{! " \# \$ \%}
-
-(Fraktur-Kapitel durchgehen! z.B. Standard-Ligaturen nicht markieren)
-
-eher Rotunda als Fraktur? Nur das Q sieht ähnlich aus.
-
-Please type the “alternative r” as normal §r§.
-
-Please make sure to distinguish between these pairs of similar characters:
-
- §b§ and §h§; §r§ and §x§; §f§ and §s§, §i§ and §\.r§
-
-\textgoth{b} and \textgoth{h} (§b§ and §h§),
-\textgoth{r} and \textgoth{x} (§r§ and §x§),
-\textgoth{f} and \textgoth{s} (§f§ and §$§), 
-\textgoth{i} and \textgoth{...} (§i§ and §\.r§)
-
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{note}
-\end{note}
-
-doch §3§ für §{et}§? Oder als §z§ tippen lassen, weil es keine echten z gibt? Ligatur §$z§ (sed) als Ligatur markieren lassen? Eigentlich nicht nötig, denn es ist eine bekannte Abkürzung.
-
-Enthält der Text Zahlen (außer Seitenzahlen)?
-
-auch einen Code für "hochgestellte 9"
-
-
-allgemein: einfache Buchstaben, oder Klammer-Notation?
-
-\begin{example}[ 2: \, bla bla]
-
-%\includegraphics[width=12cm]{two_textflows.pdf}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{example}
-
-\section{Large Font}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Mark large font by §<lg> </lg>§. Mark indented text as headings, i.e. §<h> </h>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[: \, p.014]{Heytesbury-014-linksoben}
-
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb><rh>}De $cire\bold{</rh>} \\
-\bold{<col 1>} \\
-\bold{<h>}¶ De $cire \li{et} dubitare.\bold{</h>} \\
-\bold{<p><lg>}SCire multis\bold{</lg>} modis d\bs.r: $z $iue \\
-
-dica\bs~t \li{pro}\bs.pe $iue c\\\
-
-
-$truant\li{ur}   ornat\li{us}    \bs~itercurrunt \\
-
-\bold{<pb>} \\
-normal text \\
-\bold{<tf 1 it>} \\
-text flow 1 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\
-\bold{<tf 2>} \\
-text flow 2 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\ \\
-\bold{<pb>} \\
-\bold{<tf 1 it>} \\
-continuation of \\ 
-text flow 1 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\
-\bold{<tf 2>} \\
-continuation of \\ 
-text flow 2 \\
-\bold{</tf>} \\
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-09-04_DESpecs_special_Heytesbury/allfont.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-09-04_DESpecs_special_Heytesbury/allfont.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-% allfont.tex    Test Rotunda fonts
-\documentclass{article}
-%\documentclass[12pt]{article}
-\usepackage{allrtnd}
-
-\newcommand{\romannum}[1]{\romannumeral #1}
-\newcommand{\Romannum}[1]{\uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral #1}}
-\newcommand{\ABC}{ABCDEFGHIJKL MNOPQRSTUVWXYZ}
-\newcommand{\abc}{abcdefghijkl mnopqrstuvwxyz}
-\newcommand{\punct}{.,;:!?`' \&{} () []}
-\newcommand{\dashes}{- -- ---}
-\newcommand{\figs}{0123456789}
-\newcommand{\sentence}{%
-this is an example of the rotunda font. now is the time for all good
-men, and women, to come to the aid of the party while the quick brown fox
-jumps over the lazy dog.}
-
-\newcommand{\Sentence}{%
-This is an example of the Rotunda font. Now is the time for all good
-men, and women, to come to the aid of the party while the quick brown fox
-jumps over the lazy dog.}
-
-\newcommand{\latin}{Te canit adcelebratque polus rex gazifer hymnis.
-  Trans zephyrique globum scandunt tua facta per axem.
-  Explicit secunda pars summe fratris thome de aquino ordinis fratrum 
-  predicatorium, longissima, prolixissima, \& tediosissima scribent;
-  Deo gratias, Deo gratias, et iterumm Deo gratias. }
-
-\title{Try Rotunda Fonts}
-\author{}
-\date{}
-%%\pagenumbering{roman}
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-
-\tableofcontents
-
-\section{The character set}
-
-    This provides a short test of the characters in the Rotunda fonts
---- the \verb|rtnd| font family.
-
-
-
-\begin{center}
-The Rotunda Huge normal font. \\ \par
-{\Huge \ABC\\ \abc\\ \punct{}\dashes\\ \figs\\ \par }
-\end{center}
-
-
-\begin{center}
-The Rotunda font in its normal size \\
-{\ABC{} \abc{} \figs} \\
-\end{center}
-
-\begin{center}
-The bold normal font, the normal font, and the bold Computer Modern
-Roman, all in the normal size \\
-{\textbf{\abc{} \figs}} \\
-{\abc{} \figs} \\
-\textcmr{\textbf{\abc{} \figs}} \\
-\end{center}
-
-\begin{center}
-The bold versions, in Huge and tiny sizes. \par
-\bfseries
-\Huge \abc{} \figs \par
-\tiny \abc{} \figs \par
-\end{center}
-
-\begin{center}
-The font in the tiny size \\ \par
-{\tiny \ABC{} \\ \abc\\ \figs\\ \par } 
-\end{center}
-
-\begin{center}
-    Some ligatures in the normal font \\
-{``the lazy dog --- but quick fox?''}
-\end{center}
-
-\section{Example texts}
-
-    First some well known English phrases in an abcedarian sentence.
-
-\Sentence{}
-
-    After this there are two Latin abecedarian sentences dating from about 
-\Romannum{790}, and another sentence from roughly the same period.
-
-\latin{}
-
-    
-\textcmss{This is the end of the test file, with this sentence being typeset
-using the Computer Modern Sans font in the point size as specified for this
-document.}
-
-\end{document}
\ No newline at end of file
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-09-04_DESpecs_special_Heytesbury/frktest.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-09-04_DESpecs_special_Heytesbury/frktest.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-% frktest.tex v1.2 <1998-10-03>
-
-\documentclass[a4paper]{article}
-\oddsidemargin=-1cm
-\textwidth=15cm
-\usepackage{german}
-\usepackage{yfonts}[1998/10/03]
-
-\pagestyle{empty}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% a short nonsense text to show the gothic font; 
-% note the small \baselineskip of 10pt with a font size of 14.4pt:
-
-\begin{minipage}{10cm}
-\gothfamily\Large\baselineskip10pt
-Nonummy sid semper aliena auditorum lorem ipsum quod omnia sunt 
-peccatores:: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet con sectetuer adipiscing elit:
-Sed diam tempor incidunt ut labore et dolor magna aliquam erat volupat
-ut wisi enim ad minim veniam quis: nostrud oblationem
-corporemque suscipit laboris:
-
-\end{minipage}
-\vspace{2.5cm}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% a paragraph in Fraktur, with Schwabacher used for emphasizing;
-% note the small e on the umlauts:
-
-\begin{minipage}{14cm}
-\parindent=1cm % watch it being ignored!
-\frakfamily\Large\fraklines
-\yinipar{D}ie \textswab{Orgel}, der \textswab{Fl*ugel},
-das: \textswab{Fortepiano} und das: \textswab{Clavicord} sind die
-gebr*auchlichsten Clavierinstrumente zum Accompagnement. Es: ist Schade,
-da"s die sch*one Erfindung des: \textswab{Holfeldischen Bogenclaviers:}
-noch nicht gemeinn*utzig geworden ist; man kann dahero dessen besondere
-Vorz*uge hierinnen noch nicht genau bestimmen. Es: ist gewi"s zu 
-glauben, da"s es: sich auch bey der Begleitung gut aus:nehmen werde.
-
-% Aus/from:
-% Bach, Carl Philipp Emanuel: Versuch "uber die wahre
-% Art das Clavier zu spielen. Zweyter Theil, in welchem die Lehre von
-% dem Accompagnement und der freyen Fantasie abgehandelt wird.
-% G. L. Winter, Berlin 1762.
-
-\end{minipage}
-\vspace{2.5cm}
-
-%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
-
-% another paragraph in Fraktur, with a Schwabacher heading; 
-% we use regular umlauts here:
-
-\begin{minipage}{9.5cm}
-\large\fraklines
-\centerline{{\Large\swabfamily Der Orakelbrunnen bei St. Moritz}}%
-\vspace{.5cm}
-
-\frakfamily
-\yinipar{V}on dem stattlichen Orte Kirchehrenbach in der Fr"ankischen
-Schweiz f"uhrt ein einsames:  Str"a"schen, an der steil ab\-st"ur\-zen\-den
-Breitseite der Ehrenb"urg vor"uber, gen Leutenbach.  In einer halben
-Stunde ist das:  schmucke Pfarrdorf erreicht.  S"ud"ostlich des:selben,
-kaum eine Viertelstunde entfernt, treffen wir auf dem Wege nach 
-Ortspitz
-in einem Seitent"alchen von unber"uhrter Natursch"onheit das:  uralte,
-einsame Kirchlein "`Sankt Moritz"' mit seinem stillen Friedhofe.  In der
-N"ahe des:  Kirchleins:  steht ein niedriges:, "uber eine Quelle
-erbautes:  Feld\-kapellchen mit der Statue des:  hl.~Mauritius:,
-dargestellt als:  Ritter in voller Wehr.  
-\par
-\end{minipage} 
-
-% Aus/from:
-% Br"uckner, Karl:
-% Am Sagenborn der Fr"ankischen Schweiz.
-% Frankenverlg v. Gg. Kohler, Wunsiedel 1921.
-
-
-\end{document}
-
-% finis
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-09-04_DESpecs_special_Heytesbury/pgothic.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2009-09-04_DESpecs_special_Heytesbury/pgothic.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-\documentclass[danish,a4paper,11pt]{scrartcl}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-\usepackage{babel}
-\usepackage{slantsc}
-\usepackage{array}
-\setkomafont{subsection}{\usefont{T1}{fvm}{m}{n}}
-\setkomafont{section}{\usefont{T1}{fvs}{b}{n}\Large}
-\setcounter{secnumdepth}{0}
-\pagestyle{empty}
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage{pgothic}
-
-\begin{document}
-\section*{Gothic Textura Prescius}
-\subsection*{\textbackslash pgothfamily}
-\normalfont\pgothfamily
-Q W E R T Z U I O P
-\newpage
-\normalfont\pgothfamily
-q w e r t z u i o p
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2010-10-26_DESpecs_special_Cardano_1559/DESpecs_special_Cardano_1559.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2010-10-26_DESpecs_special_Cardano_1559/DESpecs_special_Cardano_1559.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-\usepackage{yfonts}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../abbreviations/abbreviations_2}
-
-%\usepackage{blacklettert1}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Cardano 1559
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Klaus Thoden, Malcolm D. Hyman
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-%\tableofcontents
-
-\section{Cardano 1559}
-
-In headings, the comma and the hyphen look like / (see e.g. p.160). In normal text the comma looks like /, but the hyphen looks like a normal \fraktur{-}. Rule: Type / as §/§, i.e. type what you see. Example. Normalisation (if / means hyphen, no space before or after, if / means comma, space before but not after) in post-processing? Any rule about this for Formax?
-
-Contains \textswab{\LARGE  *u} and \textswab{\LARGE  "u}. Type both versions as §ü§, as in example 3 in the "Fraktur examples" section? Alternative: Special Instruction “Type \textswab{\LARGE  *u} as §{ue}§, etc.”, which makes sense only if there are both version in the text. Which is rare, I hope.
-
-Contains  \textswab{\LARGE  *o}, but not \textswab{\LARGE  "o} ? Contains \textswab{\LARGE  *a} (e.g. p.160), but not \textswab{\LARGE  "a} ?  
-
-Small u with o above: Type “u with o above” as §{uo}§.
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{uo}
-
-Tilde to indicate a missing n or m, just as is Latin texts.
-
-\includegraphics[height=6mm]{Cardano_der}: Type as §{der}§. Alternative: Do not mention it at all, make them type it as an unknown character.
-
-Alchemy symbols (p.746): Type §<al>§ for each symbol. Do not add them to the list of unknown characters.
-
-The drop caps are virtually undeciferable. Special instruction: Mark drop caps by <dc>. Do not transcribe the letter.
-
-Roman numbers in the “Register” at the beginning of the text: small letters, especially the x looks strange; example.
-
-Roman numbers as page numbers: the x looks different!
-
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2011-03-16_DESpecs_special_encyclopedias/DESpecs_special_encyclopedias.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2011-03-16_DESpecs_special_encyclopedias/DESpecs_special_encyclopedias.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,225 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-headings=normal,
-parskip=half-, 
-numbers=noenddot]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../abbreviations/abbreviations_2}
-
-\newcommand{\hash}{{\char"0023}}
-%\newenvironment{typeChinese}{\begin{alltt}\s\begin{tabular}{@{}l}}{\end{tabular}\end{alltt}}
-\newenvironment{typeChinese}{\begin{alltt}\large\begin{tabular}{@{}l}}{\end{tabular}\end{alltt}} % nicht small !
-
-\newcommand{\chin}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtA}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\sunExtA}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtA}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\sunExtB}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtB}{#1}}}
-
-\newcommand{\mincho}[1]{{\fontspec{MS Mincho}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\hira}[1]{{\fontspec{HiraMinPro-W3}{#1}}}
-
-% Verkürzung von \bold und \z:
-% schon vorhanden: ch, c, s;  b, bf
-% noch nicht vorhanden: sun (bringt aber nicht viel)
-\newcommand{\f}[1]{\bold{#1}} % f für fett
-\newcommand{\z}[1]{\chin{#1}} % z für Zeichen
-
-%%%
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for \\ ``Heidelberg Enzyklopädien Projekt'' 
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to DESpecs for Chinese text 2.1) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Cathleen Päthe $^\textrm{\footnotesize a}$, Wolfgang Schmidle $^\textrm{\footnotesize b}$, Martina Siebert $^\textrm{\footnotesize c}$
-
-\normalsize 
-
-
-\normalsize 
-$^\textrm{\footnotesize a}$ Cluster ``Asia and Europe'', University of Heidelberg, Germany \\
-$^\textrm{\footnotesize b}$ Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany \\
-$^\textrm{\footnotesize c}$ Berlin State Library, Prussian Cultural Heritage Foundation, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-%\tableofcontents
-
-%\section{Bibliographical Information}
-%Start a new text file for each encyclopedia. At the beginning of the file, please type all the bibliographical information that is given in the text. 
-%\vspace{3mm}
-%\begin{example}%[ 1]
-%...
-%\end{example}
-
-
-%\section{Character Variants}
-%Do not mark a character variant if only the radical is different, i.e. do not use §< R>§. However, please use §< V>§ for other variants (see e.g. example 2).
-
-\vspace{1cm}
-Please do NOT type the complete texts. Instead, please type for each encyclopedia:
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item The table of contents, if there is one
-\item The entries specified by the attached list. 
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\section{Tables of Contents}
-
-Please type the tables of contents according to the rules in the DESpecs. In addition, if you can identify the heading levels, please use §<h 1>§, §<h 2>§ and so on. 
-
-\vspace{2mm}
-\begin{example}
-
-\vspace{-5mm}
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<ti>}\z{天工開物卷目錄}\f{</ti>} \\
-\f{<h 1>}\z{上卷}\f{</h>} \\
-\f{<h 2>}\z{乃粒第一卷}\f{</h>} \\
-\f{<h 2>}\z{乃服第二卷}\f{</h>} \\
-\f{<h 2>}\z{彰施第三卷}\f{</h>} \\
-... \\
-\f{<h 1>}\z{中卷}\f{</h>} \\
-\f{<h 2>}\z{陶埏第七卷}\f{</h>} \\
-... \\
-\end{typeChinese}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\section{Typing Encyclopedia Entries}
-
-
-%\begin{mainrule}
-%\end{mainrule}
-%
-%\begin{clarification}
-%\end{clarification}
-%
-%\begin{itemize}
-%\item 
-%\end{itemize}
-
-% EXAMPLE Liste
-
-Mark the pages and columns of the typed entries with §<pb>§ and §<col>§. Do not use §</col>§. Do not mark the pages and columns that do not belong to a typed entry.
-
-Please mark the entry head with §<h> </h>§. Mark the translations with a new tag §<tr> </tr>§ on a separate line. 
-
-Circled characters are marked with §<num> </num>§; see example 2.
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{example}[ 1]
-
-\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|l|}
-\hline
-Book Title & File & Entry & Pages \\[1mm]
-\hline
-\hline
-She hui wen ti ci dian \z{社會問題辭典} & §swc_550-649.pdf§ & \z{國家} & 557–559 \\[1mm]
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<pb} 557\f{><rh>}\z{十一畫　國}\f{</rh>} \\
-\f{<col 2>} \\
-\f{<h>}\z{國家}\f{</h>} \\
-\f{<tr>}State, \z{德} Staat\f{</tr>} \\
-\f{<p i>}[\f{<}\z{概}\f{V>}\z{說}]\z{　凡在一定的國土上，有}\f{<}\z{統}\f{R>}\z{治}\f{<}\z{組}\f{R>}\f{<}\z{織}\f{R>}\z{的人類} \\
-\z{集合}\f{<}\z{體}\f{V>}\z{，謂之國家。土地、人民、政治是成立國家的} \\
-\z{三要素，三者缺其一，不得稱爲國家。其中尤以統治關} \\
-\z{係爲最重要，卽一階}\f{<}\z{級}\f{V>}\z{沒有對於其他階級的支配關} \\
-\z{係，不得成立爲國家。元來以上對於國家的}\f{<}\z{解}\f{V>}\z{釋，自}\f{<}\z{近}\f{V>} \\
-\z{代成立完備的國家組織後才有的，然國家的意義，}\f{<}\z{隨}\f{V>} \\
-\z{時代的推移，也有許多}\f{<}\z{變}\f{V>}\f{<}\z{遷}\f{V>}\z{。}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<p i><dl>}\z{歐洲}\f{</dl>}\z{古代的政治圑體只限於都市。例如}\f{<dl>}\z{希臘}\f{</dl>}\z{人對} \\
-\z{於國家使用} Polis \z{（市）的文字，}\f{<dl>}\z{}\f{<}\z{羅}\f{R>}\z{馬}\f{</dl>}\z{人使用} Civitas \\
-\z{或} respublica \z{的文字，可知古代國家明明是以都市} \\
-... \\
-\f{<pb} 558\f{><rh>} ... \f{</rh>} \\
-\f{<col 1>} \\
-... \\
-... \f{</p>} \\
-\f{<p i>}[\z{發達}]\z{　關於國家的}\f{<}\z{起}\f{V>}\z{源，除開}\f{<cl>}\z{神意說契}\f{<}\z{約}\f{V>}\z{說}\f{</cl>}\z{外，} \\
-\f{<col 2>} \\
-\z{以社會學的見地作根據，有}\f{<dl>}\z{家族起源說}\f{</dl>}\z{與}\f{<dl>}\z{征服起源} \\
-\z{說}\f{</dl>}\z{兩種。} ... \\
-... \\
-\f{<pb} 559\f{><rh>} ... \f{</rh>} \\
-\f{<col 1>} \\
-... \\
-\z{了。}\f{</p>} \\
-\end{typeChinese}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\newpage
-\begin{example}[ 2]
-
-\begin{tabular}{|l|l|l|l|}
-\hline
-Book Title & File & Entry & Pages \\[1mm]
-\hline
-\hline
-Zhe xue ci dian \z{哲學辭典} & §zxcd_11_11hua.pdf§ & \z{教育} & 606–607 \\[1mm]
-\hline
-\end{tabular}
-
-\begin{typeChinese}
-\f{<pb} 606\f{><rh>}\z{十一畫　教}\f{</rh>} \\
-\f{<col 1>} \\
-\f{<h>}\z{教育}\f{</h>} \\
-\f{<tr>}\z{英} Education \\
-\z{法} Education \\
-\z{德} Erziehung\f{</tr>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{原語由}\f{<sl>}\z{拉丁}\f{</sl>}\z{之} Educare \z{而來。本誼爲引出。言引}\f{<}\z{導}\f{V>} \\
-\z{兒童之固有性能，使之完全發展也。此語用法，其範圍} \\
-\z{廣狹不同。}\f{<num>}\z{甲}\f{</num>}\z{廣而言之，凡足}\f{<}\z{感}\f{R>}\z{化身心之影}\f{<}\z{響}\f{R>}\z{，俱得云} \\
-\z{教育。只稱其}\f{<}\z{結}\f{R>}\z{果，不計其方法。如曰家庭教育是。是不} \\
-\z{言教育，而自寓教育之用在內者也。}\f{<num>}\z{乙}\f{</num>}\z{狹而言之，則惟} \\
-\z{具有目的，出以一定方案者，始云教育。此中亦分二類。} \\
-\z{（其一）則對象及期限有定，其功效又可以明確表出} \\
-\z{者。（其二）反是。前者指學校教育。後者指社會教育。}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<p>} ... \\
-... \\
-\f{<col 2>} \\
-... \\
-\f{<pb} 607\f{><rh>} ... \f{</rh>} \\
-\f{<col 1>} \\
-... \\
-\z{其理想。}\f{</p>} \\
-\end{typeChinese}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\begin{note}
-Please keep in mind to use the full range of Unicode 5.1 (but not 6.0). For example, please type variants such as \z{爲} instead of \z{為} and \z{卽} instead of \z{即}.
-
-Note that if a variant is not in Unicode, you only have to mark variants once per encyclopedia. For instance, the variant of \z{統} in example 1 needs to be marked only once. However, if it also occurs in an entry of \z{哲學辭典}, it needs to be marked once again.
-
-Also note that both examples are treated as if they were the beginning of a text, i.e. character variants are marked even if they have already appeared on earlier pages of the same encyclopedia. 
-\end{note}
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2011-03-30_DESpecs_special_catalogues/DESpecs_special_catalogues.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2011-03-30_DESpecs_special_catalogues/DESpecs_special_catalogues.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-headings=normal,
-parskip=half-, 
-numbers=noenddot]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../Bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../abbreviations/abbreviations_2}
-
-\newcommand{\hash}{{\char"0023}}
-\newenvironment{typeChinese}{\begin{alltt}\begin{tabular}{@{}l}}{\end{tabular}\end{alltt}}
-\newenvironment{typeChineseSmall}{\begin{alltt}\footnotesize\begin{tabular}{@{}l}}{\end{tabular}\end{alltt}}
-
-\newcommand{\chin}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtA}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\sunExtA}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtA}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\sunExtB}[1]{{\fontspec{Sun-ExtB}{#1}}}
-
-\newcommand{\mincho}[1]{{\fontspec{MS Mincho}{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\hira}[1]{{\fontspec{HiraMinPro-W3}{#1}}}
-
-% Verkürzung von \bold und \chin:
-% schon vorhanden: ch, c, s;  b, bf
-% noch nicht vorhanden: sun (bringt aber nicht viel)
-\newcommand{\f}[1]{\bold{#1}} % f für fett
-\newcommand{\z}[1]{\chin{#1}} % z für Zeichen
-
-\newcommand{\smlb}{\bold{\textbackslash\textbackslash}}
-%%%
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Danshengtang
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to DESpecs for Chinese text 2.1) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Wolfgang Schmidle, Martina Siebert, Cathleen Päthe
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-
-\section{Collected Works \chin{澹生堂集}}
-
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Type the handwritten underlinings as described in the DESpecs 2.1, page 15. In addition, use §<pl> </pl>§ for dotted lines.
-
-However, please type single circles and dots as punctuation marks. If there is an underlining immediately before the punctuation mark, include the character (but not the punctuation mark).
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{125mm}{
-\htsc{Example } \\[17mm]
-\begin{typeChinese}
-... \bold{<pl>}\chin{其節短矣}\bold{</pl>}\chin{。旣猛烈而益} ... \\
-... \chin{由是而別。使}\bold{<cl>}\chin{臨敵者氣}\bold{</cl>} ... \\
-... \bold{<pl>}\chin{必固矣}\bold{</pl>}\chin{。}\bold{<pl>}\chin{然必車製合宜}\bold{</pl>}\chin{。} ... \\[12mm]
-\end{typeChinese}
-} & \qquad
-\includegraphics[height=6cm]{Specs-Bild3}
-\end{tabular}
-
-\vspace{-7mm}
-\begin{clarification}
-(We have ignored the tone mark next to \chin{別} in this example.)
-\end{clarification}
-
-\section{Mantang \chin{漫堂鈔本} (\chin{澹生堂藏書目})}
-
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-This text is handwritten. Consequently, make use of the full range of Unicode, but do NOT mark character variants if they are not in Unicode. 
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-For example, the character \z{册} occurs as standard character and as a variant. Type both the standard character and the variant as \z{册}.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Do not type the running heads, neither from the facsimile nor from the original book. However, DO type the facsimile page numbers in square brackets.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-If you can identify a single space within a name etc. as a decorative space, do not type it (see the DESpecs page 6).
-\end{clarification}
-
-\newpage
-%\vspace{5mm}
-\begin{example}[: page 0580]
-
-\vspace{-5mm}
-\begin{typeChineseSmall}
-
-\f{<toc>} \\
-\f{<pb a [}\z{五五八}\f{]>}\red{\f{<rh>}\z{續修四庫全書　史部　目錄類}\f{</rh>}} \\
-\f{<h>}\z{圖說計六則}\f{</h>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{小學之目為爾雅為蒙書為家訓為纂訓為}\f{<001>}\z{學為}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{字學計六則}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{經部凡十二類共六十二目}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<pb c>} \\
-\f{<h>}\z{澹生堂}\f{<002>}\z{書目}\f{(}\z{經部}\f{)</h>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{山陰祁氏}\f{<}\z{收}\f{R>}\z{集}\f{</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易}\f{(}\z{古易}\f{\smlb}\z{圖譜}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{章句註傳}\f{\smlb}\z{拈}\f{<}\z{鮮}\f{V>}\z{考正}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{疏義集鮮}\f{\smlb}\z{識緯}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{詳說}\f{\smlb<004>}\z{易}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{蓍卜}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{三墳}\f{(}\z{一}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{一冊}\f{)}\z{　周易古文}\f{(}\z{二卷}\f{\smlb}\z{二冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{楊時喬}\f{)</p>} \\
-\z{古易筌}\f{(}\z{二十九}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{鄧伯羔}\f{)}\z{　周易古本}\f{(}\z{一卷}\f{\smlb}\z{一冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{羅夫竑}\f{)} \\
-\z{古易}\f{<004>}\z{編}\f{(}\z{詞意集十三}\f{<003>}\z{　}\f{(}\z{象數集十三}\f{<003>}\z{　}\f{(}\z{虞仲}\f{\smlb}\z{翔等傳}\f{)}\z{　}\f{ (}\z{變占集二卷}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{共八冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{李本}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p i>(}\z{圖輯}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{羲經十一翼}\f{(}\z{五卷}\f{)\smlb}\z{兆文　}\f{(}\z{六冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{巳上六種俱古易}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{傳}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易真文}\f{(}\z{二卷}\f{)}\z{　周易傳義}\f{(}\z{二十四卷}\f{\smlb}\z{冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{一套}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{八}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<pb d>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易本義}\f{(}\z{四卷}\f{)}\z{　周易本義通釋}\f{(}\z{十卷}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{四冊}\f{\smlb}\z{胡炳文}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易經程傳}\f{(}\z{十二}\f{\smlb}\z{卷}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{程顧}\f{)}\z{　易經大全}\f{(}\z{十四卷}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易經旁訓}\f{(}\z{三卷}\f{)}\z{　京氏易傳}\f{(}\z{三卷}\f{\smlb}\z{京房蓍}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{一冊}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易例略}\f{(}\z{一卷}\f{\smlb}\z{一冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{王弼著}\f{\smlb}\z{邢註}\f{)}\z{　鄭康成周易註}\f{(}\z{一}\f{<003>)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{楊慈湖易傳}\f{(}\z{二十}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{一套}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{四冊}\f{\smlb}\z{宋楊簡}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{楊誠齊易傳}\f{(}\z{二十}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{宋楊萬里}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{八冊}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{今易銓}\f{(}\z{二十}\f{\smlb}\z{四卷}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{鄧伯羔}\f{)}\z{　易鮮}\f{(}\z{一卷}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{載升庵雜録}\f{\smlb}\z{巳上俱章句注傳}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易註疏}\f{(}\z{九卷}\f{\smlb}\z{八冊}\f{)}\z{　周易鮮詁}\f{(}\z{三卷}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易今文集說}\f{(}\z{九卷}\f{\smlb}\z{九冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{楊時喬}\f{)</p></toc>} \\
-\f{<toc>} \\
-\f{<pb a [}\z{五五九}\f{]>} \\
-\f{<ti>}\z{澹生堂藏書目　經部}\f{</ti>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易集鮮}\f{(}\z{十卷}\f{\smlb<003>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{五冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{唐李鼎祚}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{易鮮附録一}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易學四周}\f{(}\z{八}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{八冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{季本}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{來}\f{<005>}\z{鮮易集註}\f{(}\z{十六}\f{<003>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{十冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{來知德輯}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易義海撮要}\f{(}\z{一}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{要}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{一冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{房審權編}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{李衡撮}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p><006>}\z{氏易鮮}\f{(}\z{八}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{四冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{蘇軾}\f{)}\z{　東坡易傳}\f{(}\z{九卷}\f{\smlb}\z{一冊}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{朱子易學啟蒙}\f{(}\z{四}\f{<003>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{四冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{朱文公}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易學啟蒙集註}\f{(}\z{五}\f{<003>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{五冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{楊時喬}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易玩辭}\f{(}\z{十六}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{四冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{\smlb(}\z{項世安}\f{)}\z{　吳草}\f{<007>}\z{易纂言}\f{(}\z{六}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{四冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{吳澄}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易說}\f{<008>(}\z{四}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{四冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{羅倫}\f{)}\z{　周易象指}\f{??}\z{決録}\f{(}\z{七}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{六冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{態過}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<pb b>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易筆意}\f{(}\z{十五}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{三冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{\smlb(}\z{陶廷奎}\f{)}\z{　學易記}\f{(}\z{五卷}\f{\smlb}\z{三冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{金賁亨}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易象大指}\f{(}\z{八卷}\f{\smlb}\z{四冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{薛甲}\f{)}\z{　易象鮮}\f{(}\z{六}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{二冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{劉濂}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易億}\f{(}\z{四}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{王文定公遺書}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{王道}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{載}\f{)}\z{　周易傳義補疑}\f{(}\z{十二}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{六冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{姜寶}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易生生篇}\f{(}\z{三}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{三冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(<006>}\z{濬}\f{)}\z{　周易義訓}\f{(}\z{十卷}\f{\smlb}\z{十冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{任惟賢}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{九正易因}\f{(}\z{十}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{四冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{李贄}\f{)}\z{　易經象義}\f{(}\z{十}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{四冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{章潢}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易大象測}\f{(}\z{一}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{一冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{俱萬尚}\f{\smlb}\z{烈}\f{)}\z{　易替測}\f{(}\z{二}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{二冊}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易大象說}\f{(}\z{二}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{二冊}\f{)}\z{　周易就正略義}\f{(}\z{五}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{陳嘉謨}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{二冊}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易指要}\f{(}\z{三}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{一冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{方社昌}\f{)}\z{　沈氏易學}\f{(}\z{十二}\f{<003>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{六冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{沈一貫}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{郭司馬易鮮}\f{(}\z{十五}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{六}\f{\smlb}\z{郭子章}\f{)}\z{　乾坤二卦集鮮}\f{(}\z{三卷}\f{\smlb}\z{一冊}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<pb c>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易經繹}\f{(}\z{五}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{二冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{鄧元錫}\f{)}\z{　易測}\f{(}\z{十}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{四冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{魯朝節}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易說}\f{(}\z{九}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{六冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{徐即登}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{洗心齊讀易述}\f{(}\z{十七}\f{<003>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{十三冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{潘士藻}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易經疑問}\f{(}\z{十二卷}\f{\smlb}\z{冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{八}\f{\smlb}\z{姚舜牧}\f{)}\z{　易筌}\f{(}\z{六}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{六冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{焦竑}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{像象管見}\f{(}\z{六卷}\f{\smlb}\z{四冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{錢一本}\f{)}\z{　易知齊易說}\f{(}\z{一}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{一冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{李登}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易像管}\f{<009>(}\z{十五卷}\f{\smlb}\z{冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{八}\f{\smlb}\z{黃正憲}\f{)}\z{　周易宗義}\f{(}\z{十二}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{十二冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{程汝}\f{\smlb}\z{繼}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易繹}\f{<008>(}\z{七卷}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{四冊}\f{\smlb}\z{又更定易繹}\f{<008>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{俱吳烔}\f{\smlb}\z{卷冊同}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{周易畧義}\f{(}\z{乾坤至}\f{<010>}\z{八卦}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{一}\f{<003>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{一冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{劉一焜}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易}\f{<012>(}\z{五}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{五冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{喻安性}\f{)}\z{　易會}\f{(}\z{八卷}\f{\smlb}\z{四冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{鄒德溥}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<pb d>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易筏}\f{(}\z{六卷}\f{\smlb}\z{六冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{張燧輯}\f{)}\z{　易}\f{<013>(}\z{三}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{一冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{陳履祥}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p><014>}\z{窩易因指}\f{(}\z{八卷}\f{\smlb}\z{八冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{張汝}\f{\smlb}\z{霖}\f{)}\z{　易略}\f{(}\z{三卷}\f{\smlb}\z{一冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{陸夢龍}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{鄭孔肩易臆}\f{(}\z{三}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{一冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{鄭圭}\f{)}\z{　讀書心印}\f{(}\z{七}\f{<003>\smlb}\z{五冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{朱篁}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{居易齊讀易雜言}\f{(}\z{一卷}\f{\smlb}\z{冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{一}\f{\smlb}\z{朱篁}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易賸}\f{(}\z{六}\f{<003>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{三冊}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{王應遴}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易鮮俚語}\f{(}\z{一卷}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{林子分內集}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{林兆恩}\f{\smlb}\z{巳上俱詳說}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{卦名鮮}\f{(}\z{一卷}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{王安石}\f{\smlb}\z{載本集}\f{)}\z{　易象論}\f{)}\z{一卷}\f{)}\z{　}\f{)}\z{王安石}\f{\smlb}\z{載本集}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{易}\f{<015>}\z{子問}\f{(}\z{三}\f{<003>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{歐陽修}\f{\smlb}\z{載本集}\f{)}\z{　張橫渠易說}\f{(}\z{三}\f{\smlb<003>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{張載}\f{\smlb}\z{載本集}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{<p>}\z{李泰伯易論}\f{(}\z{一}\f{\smlb<003>)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{載本集}\f{)}\z{　讀易私言}\f{(}\z{一卷}\f{)}\z{　}\f{(}\z{許衡}\f{\smlb}\z{載本集}\f{)</p>} \\
-\f{</toc>} \\
-\end{typeChineseSmall}
-
-\end{example}
-
-\vspace{-3mm}
-\begin{note}
-This example does not contain §<list>§ because page 0580 is part of a list that begins before this page and ends after this page.
-\end{note}
-
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2013-05-02_DESpecs_special_Tartaglia/2013-05-02_DESpecs_special_Tartaglia.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2013-05-02_DESpecs_special_Tartaglia/2013-05-02_DESpecs_special_Tartaglia.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../bilder/}}
-\graphicspath{{./bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../abbreviations}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for three volumes of “Tartaglia”
-\\[3mm]
-(Addendum to Data Entry Specs 2.1.1) 
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Klaus Thoden
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-% \section{Introduction}
-% These Special Instruction are for the three volumes
-% §Tartaglia_1556_H5BAMGAN§, §Tartaglia_1556_MRV5C34S§ and
-% §Tartaglia_1560_Q9B15RYG§. They deal with small pieces of text that
-% interrupt the main text.
-
-\section{Text Flows}
-
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-  These three books contain small passages of separate text inside
-  paragraphs (see image). Please mark them as separate text flows with
-  the tags §<tf>§ and §</tf>§. Type the <tf> and </tf> tags on separate
-  lines.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-Type the §<tf>§ and §</tf>§ tags on separate lines. On each page, type the first text flow before the second text flow.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\vspace{3mm}
-\begin{sampleImage}[1: \, example of inset text flow. Please replace ”§<unknown1>§“ by the code you assign to this unknown character.]{Tartaglia_1560_Q9B15RYG-045.jpg}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\someText \\
-\bold{<p>} \someText
-POngo anchora che $ia vna pezza di \someText\\
-\someText\\
-rai per la longhezza braccia 512.&per\bold{<lb/>}\\
-\bold{<tf>}\\
-Vna pezza di terra\bold{<lb/>}\\
-lon. zu. 42. braccia 8. la proua è braccia 1.\bold{<lb/>}\\
-te. zu. 23. braccia 3. la proua è braccia 6.\bold{<lb/>}\\
-fa perti. 41. ta. 8. p.o. \bold{<unknown1>} o. la proua \bold{<unknown1>} 6.\bold{<lb/>}\\
-\bold{</tf>}\\
-la larghezza braccia 279. multiplicaraili detti brac- \bold{<lb/>}\\
-\someText
-\bold{</p>}
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\end{document}
-
-%%% Local Variables: 
-%%% mode: latex
-%%% TeX-master: t
-%%% End: 
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2013-05-02_DESpecs_special_Tartaglia/bilder/Tartaglia_1560_Q9B15RYG-045.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2013-05-02_DESpecs_special_Tartaglia/bilder/Tartaglia_1560_Q9B15RYG-045.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-  DIV15,
-  normalheadings,
-  parskip=half-, 
-  pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\usepackage{caption}
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../bilder/}}
-\graphicspath{{./bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../abbreviations}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-%%\captionsetup{justification=raggedright}
-
-
-\begin{center}
-  {\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-        Special Instructions for "Ben Cao Jing Ji Zhu (\chin{本草經集注})”
-        \\[3mm]
-        (Addendum to Data Entry Specs for Chinese Text 2.1) 
-  }}} \\[5mm]
-  \large Klaus Thoden, Shih-Pei Chen, Georg Freise
-
-  \normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-  \today
-\end{center}
-
-\section{Footnote marks}
-\begin{mainrule}
-  This book contains footnotes with anchors in the main text (cf. Figure \ref{fig1} on page \pageref{fig1}). The
-  footnote marks in the main text are surrounded by Chinese
-  parentheses. Please tag them with §<a>§ and §</a>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{typeChinese}
-  \f{<h3>}\z{玉屑}\f{</h3>}\\
-  \f{<p>}\z{味甘，平，無毒。主除胃中熱、喘息、煩滿，止渴，屑如麻豆服之。久}\\
-  \z{服輕身長年。生藍田，采無時。}\f{<sm>}\z{惡鹿角。}\f{</sm></p>}\\
-  \f{<p><sm>}\z{此云玉屑，亦是以玉為屑，非應別一種物也。《仙經》服榖玉，有擣如米粒，乃以苦酒輩}\f{<a>}\z{﹝一﹞}\f{</a>，}\z{消令如泥，亦有}\\
-  \z{合為漿者。凡服玉，皆不得用已成器物，及塚中玉璞也。好玉出藍田，及南陽徐善亭部界中，日南、盧容水中，外}\\
-  \z{國於闐、疎勒諸處皆善。《仙方》名玉為玄真，潔白如豬膏，叩之鳴者，是真也。其比類甚多相似，宜精別之。所以燕}\\
-  \z{石入笥}\f{<a>}\z{﹝二﹞，}\f{</a>}\z{卞氏長號也。（《新修》三頁，《大觀》}\z{卷三），《政和》八一頁）}\f{</sm></p>}
-\end{typeChinese}
-
-\section{Footnote text}
-\begin{mainrule}
-  Type each footnote text where it appears, surrounded by §<fn>§ and
-  §</fn>§. Start a new line for every new footnote.
-\end{mainrule}
-\vspace{3mm}
-
-%% tell them also to encode the heading of the footnote with <h4>
-\begin{tabular}{@{}ll}
-\parbox[b]{131mm}{
-  \begin{typeChinese}
-    \f{<h4>}\z{注}\f{</h4>}\\
-    \f{<fn>}\z{﹝一﹞輩 《綱目》作「浸」。}\f{</fn>}\\
-    \f{<fn>}\z{﹝二﹞笥  玄《大觀》作「筒」。}\f{</fn>}
-  \end{typeChinese}
-} & 
-\includegraphics[height=8cm]{image2}
-\end{tabular}
-
-
-\section{Kaiti \chin{楷體}}
-\begin{mainrule}
-  Please surround the text in kaiti (\chin{楷體}) font as shown in Figure \ref{fig3} with the tags §<k>§ and §</k>§.
-\end{mainrule}
-  \begin{typeChinese}
- \f{<h3><k>}\z{玉泉}\f{</k></h3>}\\
- \f{<p><k>}\z{味 甘，平，}\f{</k>}\z{無}\untranscribedText\z{。}\f{<k>}\z{主治}\f{<a>}\z{﹝一﹞}\f{</a>}\z{五}\f{<a>}\z{﹝二﹞}\f{</a>}\z{藏}\untranscribedText\z{柔}\f{<a>}\z{﹝三﹞}\f{</a>}\z{筋}\untranscribedText\z{魄}\f{<a>}\z{﹝四﹞}\f{</a>}\z{，}\\
-\someText \f{</p>}
-  \end{typeChinese}
-  %% shortened the example a bit to make it fit on the page
-%% \f{<p><k>}\z{味 甘，平，}\f{</k>}\z{無毒。}\f{<k>}\z{主治}\f{<a>}\z{﹝一﹞}\f{</a>}\z{五}\f{<a>}\z{﹝二﹞}\f{</a>}\z{藏百病，柔}\f{<a>}\z{﹝三﹞}\f{</a>}\z{筋強骨，安魂魄}\f{<a>}\z{﹝四﹞}\f{</a>}\z{，}\\
-
-\section{Itemized Lists}
-\begin{mainrule}
-  The book contains also itemized lists as depicted in Figure \ref{fig4} on the next page. Items start
-  either with the character "●" (U+25CF) or "○" (U+25CB) or with no character at all.
-  Please use the character sequence §" # "§ as a delimiter between items.
-\end{mainrule}
-  \begin{typeChinese}
-    \f{<h3>}\z{傷寒}\f{</h3>}\\
-    \f{<list>}\\
-    \z{○麻黃}\f{ # }\z{葛根}\f{ # }\z{○杏人}\f{ # }\z{茈胡}\f{<a>}\z{﹝一﹞}\f{</a>}\f{ # }\z{前胡}\f{ # }\z{●大青}\f{ # }\z{●龍膽}\f{ # }\z{芍<a>﹝二﹞</a>藥}\f{ # }\z{薰草}\\
-    \f{ # }\z{升麻}\f{ # }\z{●牡丹}\f{ # }\z{○虎掌}\f{ # }\z{○朮}\f{ # }\z{防己}\f{ # }\z{●石膏}\f{ # }\z{牡蠣}\f{<a>}\z{﹝三﹞}\f{</a>}\f{ # }\z{貝齒}\f{<a>}\z{﹝四﹞}\f{</a> # }\z{鱉甲}\\
-    \f{ # }\z{●犀角}\f{ # }\z{●零}\f{<a>}\z{﹝五﹞}\f{</a>}\z{羊角}\f{ # }\z{蔥白}\f{ # }\z{○生薑}\f{ # }\z{●豉}\f{ # }\z{●溺}\f{<a>}\z{﹝六﹞}\f{</a>}\f{ # }\z{●芒消}\\
-    \f{</list>}
-  \end{typeChinese}
-
-\begin{figure}[h]
-  \begin{minipage}[b]{5 cm}
-    \begin{centering}
-    \includegraphics[height=20cm]{image1}
-    \caption{Footnote marks}
-    \label{fig1}
-    \end{centering}
-  \end{minipage}
-  \begin{minipage}[b]{5 cm}
-    \begin{centering}
-    \includegraphics[height=20cm]{image3}
-    \caption{ Kaiti \chin{楷體}}
-    \label{fig3}
-    \end{centering}
-  \end{minipage}
-  \begin{minipage}[b]{5 cm}
-    \begin{centering}
-    \includegraphics[height=20cm]{image4}
-    \caption{Itemized lists}
-    \label{fig4}
-    \end{centering}
-  \end{minipage}
-\end{figure}
-
-\end{document}
-
-%%% Local Variables: 
-%%% mode: latex
-%%% TeX-master: t
-%%% End: 
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/bilder/image1.png
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/bilder/image1.png has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/bilder/image2.png
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/bilder/image2.png has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/bilder/image3.png
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/bilder/image3.png has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/bilder/image4.png
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/bilder/image4.png has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/bilder/missing.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/bilder/missing.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/tmp.xml
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2014-07-11_DESpecs_special_BenCaoJingJiZhu/tmp.xml	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-<sample>
-<h1>卷第二  玉石三品</h1>
-
-<h2>上品</h2>
-
-<h3>玉屑</h3>
-<p>味甘，平，無毒。主除胃中熱、喘息、煩滿，止渴，屑如麻豆服之。久服輕身長年。生藍田，采無時。<sm>惡鹿角。</sm></p>
-<p><sm>此云玉屑，亦是以玉為屑，非應別一種物也。《仙經》服榖玉，有擣如米粒，乃以苦酒輩<a>﹝一﹞</a>，消令如泥，亦有合為漿者。凡服玉，皆不得用已成器物，及塚中玉璞也。好玉出藍田，及南陽徐善亭部界中，日南、盧容水中，外國於闐、疎勒諸處皆善。《仙方》名玉為玄真，潔白如豬膏，叩之鳴者，是真也。其比類甚多相似，宜精別之。所以燕石入笥<a>﹝二﹞，</a>卞氏長號也。（《新修》三頁，《大觀》卷三），《政和》八一頁）</sm></p>
-<h4>注</h4><fn>﹝一﹞輩 《綱目》作「浸」。</fn>
-<fn>﹝二﹞笥  玄《大觀》作「筒」。</fn>
-<h3><k>玉泉</k></h3>  <p><k>味  甘，平，</k>無毒。<k>主治<a>﹝一﹞</a>五<a>﹝二﹞</a>藏百病，柔<a>﹝三﹞</a>筋強骨，安魂魄<a>﹝四﹞</a>，長肌肉，益氣<a>﹝五﹞，</a></k>利血脉<a>﹝六﹞，</a>治婦人帶下十二病，除氣癃，明耳目<a>﹝七﹞</a>。<k>久服耐寒暑，不飢渴，不老神仙<a>﹝八﹞，</a></k>輕身長年。<k>人臨死服五斤，死<a>﹝九﹞</a>三年色不變。一名玉札<a>﹝十﹞</a>。生</k>藍田<k>山谷。</k>采無時<a>﹝十一﹞</a>。<sm>畏欸冬花。</sm></p>
-<pb o="一二七"/><rh>本草經集注  卷第二  玉石三品</rh>    
-
-</sample>
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2016-08-12_DESpecs_special_hippocrates/0029-crop.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2016-08-12_DESpecs_special_hippocrates/0029-crop.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2016-08-12_DESpecs_special_hippocrates/DESpecs_special_Hippocrates.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2016-08-12_DESpecs_special_hippocrates/DESpecs_special_Hippocrates.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-\usepackage{yfonts}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../../abbreviations/abbreviations_2}
-
-%\usepackage{blacklettert1}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Hippocrates
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Klaus Thoden
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-%\tableofcontents
-
-\section{Column numbers in Hippocrates}
-
-The major part of the text is printed in two columns per page. There
-are no page numbers in this book. Instead, each column has a number in
-the running header of the page. Please proceed as follows:
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Begin each page with a §<pb>§ (without page number), followed by the
-running head §<rh>…</rh>§. Include the number of the column in the
-column tag.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-This is a deviation of the rule given in section 2.3 of the
-main DE Specs document, where the counting of the columns starts at 1 on every
-new page.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[: Continuous column numbering]{0029-crop}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb>}\bold{<rh>}In Primum Aphori$mum.\bold{</rh>} \\
-\bold{<col 9>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Nos re$pondemus, ordinem duplicem \\
-e$$e, alium vniuer$alem, qui dat e$$e \& for- \\
-mam libris, \& e$t ordo re$olutiuus, \& com- \\
-\untranscribedText\\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-\bold{<col 10>} \\
-\bold{<p>}medicina, \& ex qualibet eius parte\bold{</p>} \\
-\bold{<p>}Diuiditur medicina in quinque partes: \\
-quat\~u prima dicitur phy$iologica, quæ $unt \\
-\untranscribedText\\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2016-11-09_DESpecs_special_avicenna/DESpecs_special_Avicenna.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2016-11-09_DESpecs_special_avicenna/DESpecs_special_Avicenna.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-\usepackage{yfonts}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../../abbreviations/abbreviations_2}
-
-%\usepackage{blacklettert1}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions for Hippocrates
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Klaus Thoden
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-%\tableofcontents
-
-\section{Column numbers in Avicenna}
-
-The major part of the text is printed in two columns per page. There
-are no page numbers in this book. Instead, each column has a number in
-the running header of the page. Please proceed as follows:
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Begin each page with a §<pb>§ (without page number), followed by the
-running head §<rh>…</rh>§. Include the number of the column in the
-column tag.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{clarification}
-This is a deviation of the rule given in section 2.3 of the
-main DE Specs document, where the counting of the columns starts at 1 on every
-new page.
-\end{clarification}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[: Continuous column numbering]{normal}
-\begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb>}\bold{<rh>}Sanctorij Commentaria\bold{</rh>} \\
-\bold{<col 641>} \\
-cerebri non proueniunt à cerebro per motum,\\
-verl per aliquod aliud in$trumentum, $ed imme-\\
-diatè exercentur in ip$amet cerebri $ub$tantia:\\
-\untranscribedText\\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-\bold{<col 642>} \\
-ru$e, ide$t recipientia facultatem à tribus parti-\\
-bus principatum obtinentibus, videlicet à cor-\\
-de, cerebro, \& iecore, quod videtur aduer$ari do\\
-\untranscribedText\\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-
-\end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-\section{Headline across both columns}
-\label{sec:headline-across-both}
-
-In two cases (§0210.jpg§ and §0359.jpg§) there is a large headline spanning both columns. Please key those pages as follows:
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-  If a headline spans both columns, type both columns of the headline
-  first, including the column numbers in the §<col>§ tag. Then, type
-  the headline followed by the two columns below it and again include
-  the column numbers you find on the top of the page.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[: Column-spanning headline]{spanheading}
-  \begin{typeLatin}
-\bold{<pb>}\bold{<rh>}In Primam Fen.\bold{</rh>} \\
-\bold{<col 687>} \\
-poris redditur debilis, itaut eius expultrix no-\\
-xium quod demandatur nõ po$$it expellere, ad\\
-illam, tanquam ad excrementorum cloacã om-\\
-\untranscribedText\\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-\bold{<col 648>} \\
-omni\~u o$$ium, mu$culor\~u, neruorum, venarum\\
-\& arteriarum: quæ con$iderato cum pertineat\\
-ad anatomiam, illam con$ultò omittimus: quia\\
-\untranscribedText\\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-\bold{<h>}DOCTRINA SEXTA\\
-CAPVT PRIMVM.\\
-De facultatibus, $eu virtutibus in genere.\bold{</h>}\\
-\bold{<col 687>} \\
-\bold{<p>}_VIrtitum, \& operationum ad inui-\\
-cero aliæ ex alijs cogno$c\~utur: om-\\
-nis enim virtus operationis, exi$tit\\
-initium: nec aliqua operatio pro-\\
-uenit, ni$i ex virtute: ideoque\\
-utra$que in vno po$uimus capitulo_\bold{</p>}\\
-\untranscribedText\\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-\bold{<col 648>} \\
-7. metaph. 23. docentem exemplo artis edifica-\\
-toriœ, omnes artes docentes tradendas e$$e ordi-\\
-ne re$olutio, \& non compo$itio.\bold{</p>}\\
-\untranscribedText\\
-\bold{</col>} \\ 
-    
-  \end{typeLatin}
-\end{sampleImage}
-\section{Letters between columns}
-\label{sec:lett-betw-columns}
-Between the columns on each page, letters >>A<<, >>B<<, >>C<<, >>D<< and >>E<< are printed.
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Do not type the letters between the columns.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2016-11-09_DESpecs_special_avicenna/normal.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2016-11-09_DESpecs_special_avicenna/normal.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2016-11-09_DESpecs_special_avicenna/spanheading.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2016-11-09_DESpecs_special_avicenna/spanheading.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2017-08-03_DESpecs_special_sanctorii/DESpecs_special_201701.tex
--- a/DESpecs/specialInstructions/2017-08-03_DESpecs_special_sanctorii/DESpecs_special_201701.tex	Wed Aug 02 17:08:46 2017 +0200
+++ /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-%!TEX TS-program = xelatex 
-%!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode 
-
-\documentclass[fontsize=11pt, paper=a4, 
-DIV15,
-normalheadings,
-parskip=half-, 
-pointlessnumbers]{scrartcl}
-
-\usepackage[british]{babel} 
-
-\usepackage{fontspec,xltxtra,xunicode} 
-\defaultfontfeatures{Mapping=tex-text} 
-
-\setromanfont[Mapping=tex-text]{DejaVu Serif}
-\setsansfont[Scale=MatchLowercase,Mapping=tex-text]{Helvetica} 
-\setmonofont[Scale=1.0]{Courier New} 
-
-\frenchspacing
-
-\usepackage{graphicx}
-\graphicspath{{../../bilder/}}
-
-\usepackage{longtable}
-
-\usepackage{philokalia}
-
-\usepackage{yfonts}
-
-%%%
-
-\input{../../abbreviations}
-
-%\usepackage{blacklettert1}
-
-\begin{document}
-
-\begin{center}
-{\fontspec{Helvetica}{\LARGE \textbf{
-Special Instructions
-}}} \\[5mm]
-\large Klaus Thoden
-
-\normalsize Max Planck Institute for the History of Science, Berlin, Germany
-
-\today
-\end{center}
-
-%\tableofcontents
-
-\section{Letters next to paragraphs}
-\label{sec:lett-betw-columns}
-Next to the paragraphs on each page, letters >>A<<, >>B<<, >>C<< and >>D<< are printed.
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Do not type these letters.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[: Letter A next to a paragraphs (shown in red box)]{para}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\section{Text at bottom of the page}
-\label{sec:text-at-bottom}
-One of the books has a grey field at the bottom of the page where you might recognize text.
-
-\begin{mainrule}
-Ignore the grey field.
-\end{mainrule}
-
-\begin{sampleImage}[: Grey field at bottom of page]{grey}
-\end{sampleImage}
-
-
-\end{document}
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2017-08-03_DESpecs_special_sanctorii/grey.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2017-08-03_DESpecs_special_sanctorii/grey.jpg has changed
diff -r 69b5769db3f9 -r edf6e8fcf323 DESpecs/specialInstructions/2017-08-03_DESpecs_special_sanctorii/para.jpg
Binary file DESpecs/specialInstructions/2017-08-03_DESpecs_special_sanctorii/para.jpg has changed